levelflex …

298
Products Solutions Services Description of Device Parameters Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA Guided wave radar GP01001F/00/EN/13.14 71272188 01.01.zz

Upload: others

Post on 24-Mar-2022

5 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Products Solutions Services

Description of Device ParametersLevelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52,FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56,FMP57PROFIBUS PAGuided wave radar

GP01001F/00/EN/13.1471272188

01.01.zz

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA Table of contents

Endress+Hauser 3

Table of contents

1 Important document information . . . . 41.1 Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

1.2.1 Symbols for certain types ofinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

1.2.2 Symbols in graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2 Basic principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.1 Time-of-Flight principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.2 Interface measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.3 Envelope curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.4 Mapping and subtracted curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82.5 Echo tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82.6 Capacitance measurement (only for

FMP55) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

3 Overview of the operating menu . . . . 10

4 "Expert" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284.1 Structure of the menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284.2 Description of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294.3 "System" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

4.3.1 Structure of the submenu . . . . . . . . . 324.3.2 "Display" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334.3.3 "Configuration backup display"

submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414.3.4 "Administration" submenu . . . . . . . . . 46

4.4 "Sensor" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504.4.1 Structure of the submenu . . . . . . . . . 504.4.2 Description of parameters . . . . . . . . . 524.4.3 "Medium" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574.4.4 "Level" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624.4.5 "Linearization" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . 744.4.6 "Information" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . 854.4.7 "Sensor properties" submenu . . . . . . . 924.4.8 "Distance" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964.4.9 "Gas phase compensation" submenu 1044.4.10 "Sensor diagnostics" submenu . . . . . . 1144.4.11 "Safety settings" submenu . . . . . . . . . 1194.4.12 "Envelope curve" submenu . . . . . . . . 1304.4.13 "Mapping" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324.4.14 "EOP evaluation" submenu . . . . . . . . 1414.4.15 "Echo tracking" submenu . . . . . . . . . 1464.4.16 "Interface" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

4.5 "Output" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654.5.1 Structure of the submenu . . . . . . . . 1654.5.2 "Switch output" submenu . . . . . . . . . 166

4.6 "Communication" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1734.6.1 Structure of the submenu . . . . . . . . 1734.6.2 "PROFIBUS PA configuration"

submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744.6.3 "PROFIBUS PA info" submenu . . . . . . 1774.6.4 "Physical block" submenu . . . . . . . . . 180

4.7 "Analog input 1 to 6" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . 1884.7.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1884.7.2 Structure of the submenu . . . . . . . . 1894.7.3 Description of parameters . . . . . . . . 191

4.8 "Discrete input 1 to 4" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . 2054.8.1 Übersicht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2054.8.2 Structure of the submenu . . . . . . . . 2064.8.3 Description of parameters . . . . . . . . 208

4.9 "Analog output 1 to 4" submenu . . . . . . . . . . 2154.9.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2154.9.2 Structure of the submenu . . . . . . . . 2174.9.3 Description of parameters . . . . . . . . 219

4.10 "Discrete output 1 to 4" submenu . . . . . . . . . . 2304.10.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2304.10.2 Structure of the submenu . . . . . . . . 2314.10.3 Description of parameters . . . . . . . . 233

4.11 "Diagnostics" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2434.11.1 Structure of the submenu on the

local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2434.11.2 Structure of the submenu in an

operating tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2444.11.3 Description of parameters . . . . . . . . 2454.11.4 "Diagnostic list" submenu . . . . . . . . . 2474.11.5 "Event logbook" submenu . . . . . . . . . 2494.11.6 "Device information" submenu . . . . . 2524.11.7 "Data logging" submenu . . . . . . . . . . 2554.11.8 "Min/max values" submenu . . . . . . . 2594.11.9 "Simulation" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . 2644.11.10 "Device check" submenu . . . . . . . . . . 2684.11.11 "Advanced diagnostics 1 to 2"

submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2714.11.12 "Envelope diagnostics" submenu . . . . 287

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Important document informationLevelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

4 Endress+Hauser

1 Important document information

1.1 Document functionThe document is part of the Operating Instructions and serves as a reference forparameters, providing a detailed explanation of each individual parameter of the operatingmenu.

1.2 Symbols

1.2.1 Symbols for certain types of information

Symbol Meaning

TipIndicates additional information.

Reference to documentation

Reference to page

Reference to graphic

Operation via local display

Operation via operating tool

Write-protected parameter

1.2.2 Symbols in graphics

Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning

1, 2, 3 ... Item numbers A, B, C, ... Views

A-A, B-B, C-C, ... Sections

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA Basic principles

Endress+Hauser 5

2 Basic principles

2.1 Time-of-Flight principleThe Levelflex uses the guided propagation and reflection of electromagnetic pulses inorder to determine the distance to a target object. The time that passes between emittingand receiving the pulses is a measurement for the distance to the object. Since the pulseshave to travel to the object and back, the distance D is the result of half of the product ofthe duration t and the velocity of propagation c:

D = Δt × c/2

From D, the level is then calculated with the help of the calibration parameters.

F

L

D

E

20 mA

100%

4 mA

0%

LN

R

A0011360

1 Calibration parameters for the time-of-flight principle

LN Length of the probeD DistanceL LevelR Reference point of the measurementE Empty calibration (= zero)F Full calibration (= span)

Basic principles Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

6 Endress+Hauser

2.2 Interface measurementInterface measurement is possible with FMP51, FMP52, FMP54 and FMP55. It canbe activated via the Operating mode parameter (→ 52).

When the high-frequency pulses hit the surface of the medium, only a percentage of thetransmission pulse is reflected. In the case of media with a low dielectric constant DC1, inparticular, the other part penetrates the medium. The pulse is reflected once more at theinterface point to a second medium with a higher dielectric constant, DC2. The distance tothe interface layer can now also be determined taking into account the delayed time-of-flight of the pulse through the upper medium.

DK1

c = c = 300 000 km/s0

C =1

DK (DC )2 2

DK DC1 1( )C0

LL

R

LI

A0011178

2 Interface measurement with the guided radar

Preconditions for an interface measurement• The dielectric constant (DC) of the upper medium must be known and constant.

Dielectric constants for many media commonly used in the industry are summarized inthe document CD00019F, which can be downloaded from the Endress+Hauser web page(www.endress.com). In addition, if the interface thickness is existing and known, the DCcan be calculated automatically via FieldCare.

• The DC of the upper medium may not be greater than 10.• The DC difference between the upper medium and lower medium must be > 10• The upper medium must have a minimum thickness of 60 mm (2.4 in).

For dielectric constants (DC values) of many media commonly used in variousindustries refer to:• the Endress+Hauser DC manual (CP01076F)• the Endress+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA Basic principles

Endress+Hauser 7

2.3 Envelope curveThe Levelflex emits individual pulses in quick succession and scans their reflection againwith a fluctuating delay. The amounts of entergy received are arranged according to theirtime of flight. The graphic represenataion of this sequence is called "envelope curve". Thefollowing diagram shows a sketch of a typical envelope curve:

11

2

3 4 5

1

10

7 8

9

6 A0016144

3 Important features of the envelope curve

1 Envelope curve offset2 Reference echo amplitude3 Electronics zero distance4 Cable zero distance5 Antenna zero distance6 Threshold fine zero distance7 Fine zero distance window left8 Fine zero distance window right9 Fine zero distance10 Physical length of the probe (LN)11 Reference echo position

Basic principles Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

8 Endress+Hauser

2.4 Mapping and subtracted curveThe mapping is used to suppress static interference signals which may be generatet byinternal tank or silo fittings. A mapping curve, representing the envelope curve of anempty tank or silo as precisely as possible, is used for the mapping.

After a mapping, the signal evaluation does not use the envelope curve but the subtractedcurve, instead:

Subtracted curve = Envelope curve - Mapping curve

A B C

41 2

3

5

6

A0017065

4 Mapping and subtracted curve

1 Interference echo2 Level echo3 End-of-probe echo4 Envelope curve5 Mapping curve6 Subtracted curveA Internal area (Z distances)B Level areaC End-of-probe area (EOP)

2.5 Echo trackingLevelflex uses an echo tracking algorithm. This means, echoes in subsequent envelopecurves are not evaluated independently but are considered to be a sequence of movingechos. To do so, each echo is surrounded by a window of a certain width and the echo issearched for within this window in the next envelope curve. If an echo of this type isfound, it is allocated to the "track" of the previous echo. Each track can be assigned aspecific meaning (level echo track, interface echo track, end-of-probe echo track, multipleecho track).

For a given installation, these tracks are in a well-defined relationship to each other. Thisrelationship is recorded during the measuruement such that later on reliable measuringvalues can be obtained even if the echo is temporarily lost or if the device is temporarilyswitched off.

For details on the echo tracking refer to: → 146.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA Basic principles

Endress+Hauser 9

2.6 Capacitance measurement (only for FMP55)In the case of FMP55, the guided radar can be combined with a capacitance measurement.The capaciatance measurement can be used to increase the reliability of the guided radaror to obtain interface values even if the interface echo is lost.

For details on the combination of guided radar and capacitance measurement refer to:→ 155

Capacitance measurement is only possible if the electrical conductivity of the two mediafulfills the following conditions:• Conductivity of the upper medium: < 1 μS/cm• Conductivity of the lower medium: > 100 μS/cm

Overview of the operating menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

10 Endress+Hauser

3 Overview of the operating menu• The following table lists all parameters the "Expert" menu may contain. The page

number refers to where a description of the parameter can be found.• Depending on the device version and parametrization some parameters will not be

available in a given situation. For details on the conditions refer to the "Prerequisite"category in the description of the respective parameter.

• The representation essentially corresponds to the menu seen when using anoperating tool (e.g. FieldCare). On the local display there may be minor differencesin the menu structure. Details are mentioned in the description of the respectivesubmenu.

Navigation Expert

Expert

Direct access (0106) → 29

Locking status (0004) → 29

Access status display (0091) → 30

Access status tooling (0005) → 30

Enter access code (0003) → 31

‣ System → 32

‣ Display → 33

Language (0104) → 34

Format display (0098) → 34

Value 1 to 4 display (0107–1 to 4) → 36

Decimal places 1 to 4 (0095–1 to 4) → 36

Display interval (0096) → 37

Display damping (0094) → 37

Header (0097) → 37

Header text (0112) → 38

Separator (0101) → 38

Number format (0099) → 38

Decimal places menu (0573) → 39

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PAOverview of the operating menu

Endress+Hauser 11

Contrast display (0105) → 39

Backlight (0111) → 39

Access status display (0091) → 40

‣ Configuration backup display → 42

Operating time (0652) → 43

Last backup (0102) → 43

Configuration management (0100) → 43

Backup state (0121) → 44

Comparison result (0103) → 44

‣ Administration → 46

Define access code (0093) → 47

Confirm access code → 49

Activate SW option (0029) → 47

Device reset (0000) → 47

‣ Sensor → 50

Distance unit (0551) → 52

Temperature unit (0557) → 52

Operating mode (1046) → 52

Tank type (1175) → 53

Tube diameter (1117) → 53

Bin type (1176) → 53

Process property (1081) → 54

Advanced process conditions (1177) → 55

Application parameter (1126) → 56

Overview of the operating menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

12 Endress+Hauser

‣ Medium → 57

Medium group (1208) → 58

Medium type (1049) → 58

Medium property (1165) → 59

DC value lower medium (1154) → 59

DC value (1201) → 60

Calculated DC value (1118) → 61

‣ Level → 63

Distance offset (2309) → 64

Empty calibration (2343) → 65

Full calibration (2308) → 66

Level unit (0576) → 67

Level limit mode (2314) → 68

High limit (2312) → 69

Low limit (2313) → 69

Level correction (2325) → 69

Output mode (2317) → 70

Level (2319) → 70

Level linearized (2318) → 72

Interface (2352) → 72

Interface linearized (2382) → 72

Thickness upper layer (2330) → 73

‣ Linearization → 75

Linearization type (2339) → 77

Unit after linearization (2340) → 78

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PAOverview of the operating menu

Endress+Hauser 13

Free text (2341) → 79

Level linearized (2318) → 79

Interface linearized (2382) → 80

Maximum value (2315) → 80

Diameter (2342) → 80

Intermediate height (2310) → 81

Table mode (2303) → 81

Table number (2370) → 82

Level (2383) → 83

Level (2389) → 83

Customer value (2384) → 83

Activate table (2304) → 83

‣ Information → 85

Signal quality (1047) → 86

Absolute echo amplitude (1127) → 86

Relative echo amplitude (1089) → 87

Absolute interface amplitude (1129) → 88

Relative interface amplitude (1090) → 88

Absolute EOP amplitude (1128) → 89

Found echoes (1068) → 89

Used calculation (1115) → 90

Tank trace state (1206) → 91

Measurement frequency (1180) → 91

Electronic temperature (1062) → 91

Overview of the operating menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

14 Endress+Hauser

‣ Sensor properties → 93

Probe grounded (1222) → 94

Present probe length (1078) → 94

Confirm probe length (1080) → 94

Sensor module (1101) → 95

‣ Distance → 97

Distance (1124) → 98

Interface distance (1067) → 99

Dead time (1199) → 100

Integration time (1092) → 101

Blocking distance (1144) → 102

‣ Gas phase compensation → 110

GPC mode (1034) → 111

External pressure selector (1073) → 111

External pressure (1233) → 112

Gas phase compensation factor (1209) → 112

Present reference distance (1076) → 112

Reference distance (1033) → 113

Reference echo threshold (1168) → 113

Const. GPC factor (1217) → 113

‣ Sensor diagnostics → 116

Broken probe detection (1032) → 117

Start self check (1133) → 117

Result self check (1134) → 117

Noise of signal (1105) → 118

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PAOverview of the operating menu

Endress+Hauser 15

‣ Safety settings → 123

Output echo lost (2307) → 124

Value echo lost (2316) → 124

Diagnostics echo lost (1401) → 125

Status echo lost (1416) → 125

Ramp at echo lost (2323) → 126

Delay time echo lost (1193) → 126

Safety distance (1093) → 127

In safety distance (1018) → 127

Diagnostic in safety distance (1415) → 127

Status in safety distance (1417) → 128

Acknowledge alarm (1130) → 128

‣ Envelope curve → 131

Envelope curve (1207) → 131

‣ Mapping → 135

Distance (1124) → 98

Interface distance (1067) → 99

Confirm distance (1045) → 138

Present mapping (1182) → 139

Mapping end point (1022) → 139

Record map (1069) → 140

‣ EOP evaluation → 142

EOP search mode (1026) → 143

EOP shift (1027) → 143

Overview of the operating menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

16 Endress+Hauser

DC value (1201) → 144

Calculated DC value (1118) → 145

‣ Echo tracking → 149

Evaluation mode (1112) → 150

History reset (1145) → 150

History learning control (1074) → 151

History learning (1094) → 151

‣ Interface → 160

Tank level (1111) → 161

Interface property (1107) → 161

Interface criterion (1184) → 163

Measured capacitance (1066) → 163

Build-up ratio (1210) → 163

Build-up thres. (1211) → 163

Empty capacitance (1122) → 164

‣ Output → 165

‣ Switch output → 166

Switch output function (0481) → 167

Assign diagnostic behavior (0482) → 167

Assign limit (0483) → 168

Switch-on value (0466) → 168

Switch-off value (0464) → 169

Assign status (0485) → 170

Switch-on delay (0467) → 170

Switch-off delay (0465) → 171

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PAOverview of the operating menu

Endress+Hauser 17

Failure mode (0486) → 171

Switch status (0461) → 171

Invert output signal (0470) → 171

‣ Communication → 173

‣ PROFIBUS PA configuration → 174

Address mode (1468) → 175

Device address (1462) → 176

Ident number selector (1461) → 176

‣ PROFIBUS PA info → 177

Status PROFIBUS Master Config (1465) → 178

PROFIBUS ident number (1471) → 178

Profile version (1463) → 178

CRC Count OK (1469) → 178

CRC Count Failed (1470) → 178

Number of good between badtelegrams (1467)

→ 179

Base current (1466) → 179

Terminal voltage 1 (0662) → 179

‣ Physical block → 180

Device tag (1496) → 181

Static revision (1495) → 181

Strategy (1494) → 181

Alert key (1473) → 182

Target mode (1497) → 182

Mode block actual (1472) → 182

Overview of the operating menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

18 Endress+Hauser

Mode block permitted (1493) → 182

Mode block normal (1492) → 183

Alarm summary (1474) → 183

Software revision (1478) → 183

Hardware revision (1479) → 183

Manufacturer ID (1502) → 183

Device ID (1480) → 184

Serial number (1481) → 184

Diagnostics (1482) → 184

Diagnostics mask (1484) → 184

Device certification (1486) → 185

Factory reset (1488) → 185

Descriptor (1489) → 185

Device message (1490) → 186

Device install date (1491) → 186

Ident number selector (1461) → 186

Hardware lock (1499) → 186

Feature supported (1477) → 187

Feature enabled (1476) → 187

Condensed status diagnostic (1500) → 187

‣ Analog input 1 to 6 → 189

Tag description (1562–1 to 6) → 191

Static revision (1560–1 to 6) → 191

Strategy (1559–1 to 6) → 191

Alert key (1522–1 to 6) → 191

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PAOverview of the operating menu

Endress+Hauser 19

Target mode (1563–1 to 6) → 192

Mode block actual (1521–1 to 6) → 192

Mode block permitted (1553–1 to 6) → 192

Mode block normal (1546–1 to 6) → 192

Alarm summary (1537–1 to 6) → 193

Batch ID (1533–1 to 6) → 193

Batch operation (1534–1 to 6) → 193

Batch phase (1535–1 to 6) → 193

Batch Recipe Unit Procedure(1536–1 to 6)

→ 194

Out value (1552–1 to 6) → 194

Out status (1564–1 to 6) → 194

Out status HEX (1549–1 to 6) → 195

PV scale lower range (1554–1 to 6) → 195

PV scale upper range (1555–1 to 6) → 195

Out scale lower range (1548–1 to 6) → 196

Out scale upper range (1551–1 to 6) → 196

Lin type (1523–1 to 6) → 196

Channel (1561–1 to 6) → 196

Out unit (1550–1 to 6) → 197

Out decimal point (1547–1 to 6) → 197

Out unit text (1532–1 to 6) → 198

PV filter time (1524–1 to 6) → 198

Fail safe type (1525–1 to 6) → 198

Fail safe value (1526–1 to 6) → 199

Overview of the operating menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

20 Endress+Hauser

Alarm hysteresis (1527–1 to 6) → 199

Hi Hi Lim (1528–1 to 6) → 200

Hi Lim (1529–1 to 6) → 200

Lo Lim (1530–1 to 6) → 200

Lo Lo Lim (1531–1 to 6) → 201

Hi Hi alarm value (1541–1 to 6) → 201

Hi Hi alarm state (1540–1 to 6) → 201

Hi alarm value (1539–1 to 6) → 202

Hi alarm state (1538–1 to 6) → 202

Lo alarm value (1543–1 to 6) → 202

Lo alarm state (1542–1 to 6) → 202

Lo Lo alarm value (1545–1 to 6) → 203

Lo Lo alarm state (1544–1 to 6) → 203

Simulate enabled (1556–1 to 6) → 203

Simulate value (1558–1 to 6) → 204

Simulate status (1557–1 to 6) → 204

‣ Discrete input 1 to 4 → 206

Tag description (2201–1 to 4) → 208

Static revision (2200–1 to 4) → 208

Strategy (2199–1 to 4) → 208

Alert key (2182–1 to 4) → 208

Target mode (2202–1 to 4) → 209

Mode block actual (2181–1 to 4) → 209

Mode block permitted (2195–1 to 4) → 209

Mode block normal (2192–1 to 4) → 209

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PAOverview of the operating menu

Endress+Hauser 21

Alarm summary (2191–1 to 4) → 210

Batch ID (2183–1 to 4) → 210

Batch operation (2184–1 to 4) → 210

Batch phase (2185–1 to 4) → 210

Batch Recipe Unit Procedure(2186–1 to 4)

→ 211

Out value (2194–1 to 4) → 211

Out status (2203–1 to 4) → 211

Out status HEX (2193–1 to 4) → 212

Channel (2187–1 to 4) → 212

Invert (2188–1 to 4) → 212

Fail safe type (2189–1 to 4) → 213

Fail safe value (2190–1 to 4) → 213

Simulate enabled (2196–1 to 4) → 213

Simulate value (2198–1 to 4) → 214

Simulate status (2197–1 to 4) → 214

‣ Analog output 1 to 4 → 217

Tag description (1667–1 to 4) → 219

Static revision (1666–1 to 4) → 219

Strategy (1665–1 to 4) → 219

Alert key (1632–1 to 4) → 219

Target mode (1668–1 to 4) → 220

Mode block actual (1631–1 to 4) → 220

Mode block permitted (1648–1 to 4) → 220

Mode block normal (1643–1 to 4) → 220

Overview of the operating menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

22 Endress+Hauser

Alarm summary (1642–1 to 4) → 221

Batch ID (1633–1 to 4) → 221

Batch operation (1639–1 to 4) → 221

Batch phase (1640–1 to 4) → 222

Batch Recipe Unit Procedure(1641–1 to 4)

→ 222

Set point value (1661–1 to 4) → 222

Set point status (1660–1 to 4) → 222

PV scale lower range (1651–1 to 4) → 223

PV scale upper range (1652–1 to 4) → 223

Readback value (1659–1 to 4) → 223

Readback status (1658–1 to 4) → 223

RCAS in value (1655–1 to 4) → 224

RCAS in status (1654–1 to 4) → 224

Input channel (1670–1 to 4) → 224

Output channel (1671–1 to 4) → 224

Fail safe time (1635–1 to 4) → 225

Fail safe type (1636–1 to 4) → 225

Fail safe value (1637–1 to 4) → 225

RCAS out value (1657–1 to 4) → 226

RCAS out status (1656–1 to 4) → 226

Position value (1650–1 to 4) → 226

Position status (1649–1 to 4) → 226

Setpoint deviation (1653–1 to 4) → 227

Simulate enabled (1662–1 to 4) → 227

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PAOverview of the operating menu

Endress+Hauser 23

Simulate value (1664–1 to 4) → 227

Simulate status (1663–1 to 4) → 227

Increase close (1638–1 to 4) → 228

Out value (1647–1 to 4) → 228

Out status (1669–1 to 4) → 228

Out status HEX (1645–1 to 4) → 229

Out scale upper range (1646–1 to 4) → 229

Out scale lower range (1644–1 to 4) → 229

‣ Discrete output 1 to 4 → 231

Tag description (1721–1 to 4) → 233

Static revision (1720–1 to 4) → 233

Strategy (1719–1 to 4) → 233

Alert key (1694–1 to 4) → 233

Target mode (1722–1 to 4) → 234

Mode block actual (1691–1 to 4) → 234

Mode block permitted (1705–1 to 4) → 234

Mode block normal (1702–1 to 4) → 234

Alarm summary (1701–1 to 4) → 235

Batch ID (1695–1 to 4) → 235

Batch operation (1698–1 to 4) → 235

Batch phase (1699–1 to 4) → 236

Batch Recipe Unit Procedure(1700–1 to 4)

→ 236

Set point value (1715–1 to 4) → 236

Set point status (1714–1 to 4) → 236

Overview of the operating menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

24 Endress+Hauser

Out value (1704–1 to 4) → 237

Out status (1723–1 to 4) → 237

Out status HEX (1703–1 to 4) → 237

Readback value (1713–1 to 4) → 238

Readback status (1712–1 to 4) → 238

RCAS in value (1707–1 to 4) → 238

RCAS in status (1706–1 to 4) → 238

Input channel (1724–1 to 4) → 239

Output channel (1725–1 to 4) → 239

Invert (1692–1 to 4) → 239

Fail safe time (1697–1 to 4) → 240

Fail safe type (1696–1 to 4) → 240

Fail safe value (1693–1 to 4) → 240

RCAS out value (1711–1 to 4) → 241

RCAS out status (1708–1 to 4) → 241

Simulate enabled (1716–1 to 4) → 241

Simulate value (1718–1 to 4) → 241

Simulate status (1717–1 to 4) → 242

‣ Diagnostics → 243

Actual diagnostics (0691) → 245

Timestamp (0667) → 245

Previous diagnostics (0690) → 245

Timestamp (0672) → 246

Operating time from restart (0653) → 246

Operating time (0652) → 246

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PAOverview of the operating menu

Endress+Hauser 25

‣ Diagnostic list → 247

Diagnostics 1 to 5 (0692–1 to 5) → 248

Timestamp 1 to 5 (0683–1 to 5) → 248

‣ Event logbook → 249

Filter options (0705) → 250

‣ Device information → 252

Device tag (0011) → 253

Serial number (0009) → 253

Firmware version (0010) → 253

Device name (0013) → 253

Order code (0008) → 254

Extended order code 1 to 3(0023–1 to 3)

→ 254

ENP version (0012) → 254

‣ Data logging → 255

Assign channel 1 to 4 (0851–1 to 4) → 256

Logging interval (0856) → 257

Clear logging data (0855) → 257

‣ Min/max values → 259

Max. level value (2357) → 260

Time max. level (2385) → 260

Min. level value (2358) → 260

Time min. level (2386) → 260

Max. draining speed (2320) → 260

Max. filling speed (2360) → 261

Overview of the operating menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

26 Endress+Hauser

Reset min./max. (2324) → 261

Max. interface value (2361) → 261

Time max. interface (2388) → 261

Min. interface value (2362) → 262

Time min. interface (2387) → 262

I max. drain speed (2363) → 262

I max. fill speed (2359) → 262

Max. electronics temperature (1031) → 262

Time max. electronics temperature(1204)

→ 263

Min. electronics temperature (1040) → 263

Time min. electronics temperature(1205)

→ 263

Reset min./max. temp. (1173) → 263

‣ Simulation → 265

Assign measurement variable (2328) → 266

Value process variable (2329) → 266

Switch output simulation (0462) → 266

Switch status (0463) → 267

Simulation device alarm (0654) → 267

‣ Device check → 268

Start device check (1013) → 269

Result device check (1014) → 269

Last check time (1203) → 269

Level signal (1016) → 270

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PAOverview of the operating menu

Endress+Hauser 27

Launch signal (1012) → 270

Interface signal (1015) → 270

‣ Advanced diagnostics 1 to 2 → 278

Assign diagnostic signal 1 to 2(11179–1 to 2)

→ 279

Link AD 1 to 2 to (11180–1 to 2) → 279

Linking logic AD 1 to 2 (11181–1 to 2) → 280

Sample time 1 to 2 (11187–1 to 2) → 280

Calculation type 1 to 2 (11174–1 to 2) → 280

Check mode 1 to 2 (11175–1 to 2) → 281

Calculation unit 1 to 2 (11188–1 to 2) → 282

Upper limit 1 to 2 (11182–1 to 2) → 283

Lower limit 1 to 2 (11184–1 to 2) → 283

Hysteresis 1 to 2 (11178–1 to 2) → 284

Value (11172–1 to 2) → 284

Maximum value 1 to 2 (11183–1 to 2) → 284

Minimum value 1 to 2 (11185–1 to 2) → 284

Reset min./max. 1 to 2 (11186–1 to 2) → 285

Assign status signal to AD event 1 to 2(11176–1 to 2)

→ 285

Assign event behaviour 1 to 2(11177–1 to 2)

→ 285

Alarm delay 1 to 2 (11171–1 to 2) → 286

‣ Envelope diagnostics → 287

Save reference curve (1218) → 288

Time reference curve (1232) → 288

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

28 Endress+Hauser

4 "Expert" menuThe Expert menu contains all parameters of the device. It is structured according to thefunction blocks of the device.

4.1 Structure of the menu

Navigation Expert

Expert

Direct access (0106) → 29

Locking status (0004) → 29

Access status display (0091) → 30

Access status tooling (0005) → 30

Enter access code (0003) → 31

‣ System → 32

‣ Sensor → 50

‣ Output → 165

‣ Communication → 173

‣ Analog input 1 to 6 → 189

‣ Discrete input 1 to 4 → 206

‣ Analog output 1 to 4 → 217

‣ Discrete output 1 to 4 → 231

‣ Diagnostics → 243

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 29

4.2 Description of parameters

Navigation Expert

Direct access

Navigation Expert → Direct access (0106)

Description Enter the access code of a parameter in order to access this parameter directly (i.e. withoutnavigation).

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Additional information The direct access code consists of a five digit number and an optional channel code, whichspecifies an input or output channel, e.g. 00353-2• Leading zeros need not to be entered.

Example: You may enter "353" instead of "00353"• If the channel code is not entered, channel 1 is automatically selected.

Example: By entering "353" you access the following parameter: Curr.output 1 → Currentspan (0353–1)

• In order to access a different channel: Enter the direct access code with the channel code.Example: By entering "353-2" you access the following parameter: Curr.output 2→ Current span (0353–2)

In this document, the direct access code is added in brackets after the parameter namein the Navigation category.

Locking status

Navigation Expert → Locking status (0004)

Description Indicates the write protection with the highest priority that is currently active.

User interface • Hardware locked• SIL locked• WHG locked• Temporarily locked

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

30 Endress+Hauser

Additional information Meaning and priorities of the types of write protection• Hardware locked (priority 1)

The DIP switch for hardware locking is activated on the main electronics module. Thislocks write access to the parameters.

• SIL locked (priority 2)The SIL mode is activated. Writing access to the relevant parameters is denied.

• WHG locked (priority 3)The WHG mode is activated. Writing access to the relevant parameters is denied.

• Temporarily locked (priority 4)Write access to the parameters is temporarily locked on account of internal processes inprogress in the device (e.g. data upload/download, reset etc.). The parameters can bemodified as soon as the processes are complete.

On the display module, the -symbol appears in front of parameters that cannot bemodified since they are write-protected.

Access status display

Navigation Expert → Access stat.disp (0091)

Prerequsite The device has a local display.

Description Indicates access authorization to parameters via local display.

User interface • Operator• Maintenance• Service

Additional information If a symbol appears in front of a parameter, the parameter cannot be changed viathe local display with the current access authorization.

The access authorization can be changed via the Enter access code parameter(→ 31).

If additional write protection is active, this restricts the current access authorizationeven further. The write protection status can be viewed via the Locking statusparameter (→ 29).

Access status tooling

Navigation Expert → Access stat.tool (0005)

Description Indicates access authorization to parameters via operating tool (e.g. FieldCare).

User interface • Operator• Maintenance• Service

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 31

Additional information The access authorization can be changed via the Enter access code parameter(→ 31).

If additional write protection is active, this restricts the current access authorizationeven further. The write protection status can be viewed via the Locking statusparameter (→ 29).

Enter access code

Navigation Expert → Ent. access code (0003)

Description Enter access code to disable write protection of parameters.

User entry 0 to 9 999

Additional information • For local operation, the customer-specific access code, which has been defined in theDefine access code parameter (→ 47), has to be entered.

• If an incorrect access code is entered, the user retains his current access authorization.• The write protection affects all parameters marked with the -symbol in this document.

On the local display, the -symbol in front of a parameter indicates that the parameteris write-protected.

• If no key is pressed for 10 min, or the user switches from the navigation and editingmode back to the measured value display mode, the device automatically locks the write-protected parameters after another 60 s.

Please contact your Endress+Hauser Sales Center if you lose your access code.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

32 Endress+Hauser

4.3 "System" submenuThe System submenu contains all general parameters which affect neither themeasurement nor the measured value communication.

4.3.1 Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → System

‣ System

‣ Display → 33

‣ Configuration backup display → 42

‣ Administration → 46

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 33

4.3.2 "Display" submenuThe Display submenu is used to configure the representation of measured values on thelocal display module. Up to four measured values can be allocated to the local displaymodule. Additionally, display characteristics such as the format of numbers, the associatedtexts or the display contrast can be configured.

This submenu is only visible if a display module is connected to the device.

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → System → Display

‣ Display

Language → 34

Format display → 34

Value 1 to 4 display → 36

Decimal places 1 to 4 → 36

Display interval → 37

Display damping → 37

Header → 37

Header text → 38

Separator → 38

Number format → 38

Decimal places menu → 39

Contrast display → 39

Backlight → 39

Access status display → 40

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

34 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → System → Display

Language

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Language (0104)

Description Set display language.

Selection • English• Deutsch 1)

• Français 1)

• Español 1)

• Italiano 1)

• Nederlands 1)

• Portuguesa 1)

• Polski 1)

• русский язык (Russian) 1)

• Svenska 1)

• Türkçe 1)

• 中文 (Chinese) 1)

• 日本語 (Japanese) 1)

• 한국어 (Korean) 1)

• (1 (Arabic) الْعَرَبيّة

• Bahasa Indonesia 1)

• ภาษาไทย (Thai) 1)

• tiếng Việt (Vietnamese) 1)

• čeština (Czech) 1)

Factory setting The additional language selected in feature 500 of the product structure.If no additional language has been selected: English

Additional information The English option can be selected in every device. One additional operating language canbe selected in the product structure when ordering a device (feature 500 "AdditionalOperation Language") and will be selectable in the Language parameter.

Format display

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Format display (0098)

Description Select how measured values are shown on the display.

Selection • 1 value, max. size• 1 bargraph + 1 value• 2 values• 1 value large + 2 values• 4 values

1) Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 35

Factory setting 1 value, max. size

Additional information

4841.000mm1 Â

A0019963

5 "Format display" = "1 value, max. size"

93.5 %

159.0mm

1

1

Â

Â

A0019964

6 "Format display" = "1 bargraph + 1 value"

93.5%

159.0mm

1

1

Â

Â

A0019965

7 "Format display" = "2 values"

93.5%

159.0 mm

23.5 V

1 Â

1

1V

ÂÂ

A0019966

8 "Format display" = "1 value large + 2 values"

93.5 %

159.0 mm

93.5 V

26.3 °C

1 Â

1

1

1

V

Â

ÂÂ

A0019968

9 "Format display" = "4 values"

• The Value 1 to 4 display → 36 parameters specify which measured values areshown on the display and in which order.

• If more measured values are specified than the current display mode permits, thevalues alternate on the device display. The display time until the next change isconfigured in the Display interval parameter (→ 37).

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

36 Endress+Hauser

Value 1 to 4 display

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Value 1 display (0107)

Description Select the measured value that is shown on the local display.

Selection • None 2)

• Level linearized• Distance• Interface linearized• Interface distance• Thickness upper layer• Current output 1 3)

• Measured current• Current output 2• Terminal voltage• Electronic temperature• Measured capacitance• Analog output adv. diagnostics 1• Analog output adv. diagnostics 2

Factory setting For level measurements• Value 1 display: Level linearized• Value 2 display: Distance• Value 3 display: Current output 1• Value 4 display: None

For interface measurements and one current output• Value 1 display: Interface linearized• Value 2 display: Level linearized• Value 3 display: Thickness upper layer• Value 4 display: Current output 1

For interface measurements and two current outputs• Value 1 display: Interface linearized• Value 2 display: Level linearized• Value 3 display: Current output 1• Value 4 display: Current output 2

Decimal places 1 to 4

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Decimal places 1 to 4 (0095–1 to 4)

Description Select the number of decimal places for the display value.

Selection • x• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx

2) can not be selected for the 'Value 1 display" parameter.3) "Visibility depends on order options or device settings"

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 37

Factory setting x.xx

Additional information The setting does not affect the measuring or computational accuracy of the device.

Display interval

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Display interval (0096)

Description Set time measured values are shown on display if display alternates between values.

User entry 1 to 10 s

Factory setting 5 s

Additional information This parameter is only relevant if the number of selected measuring values exceeds thenumber of values the selected display format can display simultaneously.

Display damping

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Display damping (0094)

Description Define display reaction time to fluctuations in the measured value.

User entry 0.0 to 999.9 s

Factory setting 0.0 s

Header

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Header (0097)

Description Select header contents on local display.

Selection • Device tag• Free text

Factory setting Device tag

Additional information1 XXXXXXXXX

A0013375

1 Position of the header text on the display

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

38 Endress+Hauser

Meaning of the options

• Device tagIs defined in the Device tag parameter.

• Free textIs defined in the Header text parameter (→ 38).

Header text

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Header text (0112)

Prerequsite Header (→ 37) = Free text

Description Enter display header text.

Factory setting ------------

Additional information The number of characters which can be displayed depends on the characters used.

Separator

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Separator (0101)

Description Select decimal separator for displaying numerical values.

Selection • .• ,

Factory setting .

Number format

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Number format (0099)

Description Choose number format for the display.

Selection • Decimal• ft-in-1/16''

Factory setting Decimal

Additional information The ft-in-1/16'' option is only valid for distance units.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 39

Decimal places menu

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Dec. places menu (0573)

Description Select number of decimal places for the representation of numbers within the operatingmenu.

Selection • x• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx

Factory setting x.xxxx

Additional information • Is only valid for numbers in the operating menu (e.g. Empty calibration, Fullcalibration), but not for the measured value display. The number of decimal places forthe measured value display is defined in the Decimal places 1 to 4 → 36 parameters.

• The setting does not affect the accuracy of the measurement or the calculations.

Contrast display

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Contrast display (0105)

Description Adjust local display contrast setting to ambient conditions (e.g. lighting or reading angle).

User entry 20 to 80 %

Factory setting Dependent on the display.

Additional information Setting the contrast via push-buttons:• Darker: press the and E buttons simultaneously.• Brighter: press the and E buttons simultaneously.

Backlight

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Backlight (0111)

Prerequsite The device has the SD03 local display (with optical keys).

Description Switch the local display backlight on and off.

Selection • Disable• Enable

Factory setting Disable

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

40 Endress+Hauser

Additional information Meaning of the options• Disable

Switches the backlight off.• Enable

Switches the backlight on.

Regardless of the setting in this parameter the backlight may be automaticallyswitched off by the device if the supply voltage is too low.

Access status display

Navigation Expert → System → Display → Access stat.disp (0091)

Prerequsite The device has a local display.

Description Indicates access authorization to parameters via local display.

User interface • Operator• Maintenance• Service

Additional information If a symbol appears in front of a parameter, the parameter cannot be changed viathe local display with the current access authorization.

The access authorization can be changed via the Enter access code parameter(→ 31).

If additional write protection is active, this restricts the current access authorizationeven further. The write protection status can be viewed via the Locking statusparameter (→ 29).

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 41

4.3.3 "Configuration backup display" submenuThis submenu is only visible if a display module is connected to the device.

All software configurations are initially stored in a memory module (HistoROM) in thehousing and are thus permanently connected with the device. As an additional option, thedisplay module contains a backup memory for the device configuration. The transmissionof configuration data between these two memory modules is controlled by theConfiguration management parameter (→ 43). It provides the following options:• Execute backup

Saves the current device configuration in the display module.• Restore

This option can be used to restore a configuration back into the device which haspreviously been saved in the display module.

• DuplicateIf the configuration has been saved into the display module, the module can beconnected to a different device and the configuration can be duplicated to this device.This allows to efficiently configure a number of devices in the same way.

• CompareThe comparison result indicates whether the device configuration has been changedsince the last backup.

For FMP51, FMP52, FMP54, FMP55: Configurations can only be exchanged betweendevices which are in the same operating mode (see the Operating mode parameter(→ 52)).

If an existing backup is restored to a different device using the Restore option, it mayoccur that some device functionalities are no longer available. Even a reset to thedelivery state won't restore the original state in some cases.

In order to transfer the configuration to a different device only the Duplicate optionshould be used.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

42 Endress+Hauser

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → System → Conf.backup disp

‣ Configuration backup display

Operating time → 43

Last backup → 43

Configuration management → 43

Backup state → 44

Comparison result → 44

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 43

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → System → Conf.backup disp

Operating time

Navigation Expert → System → Conf.backup disp → Operating time (0652)

Description Indicates how long the device has been in operation.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m), seconds (s)

Additional information Maximum time

9 999 d ( ≈ 27 years)

Last backup

Navigation Expert → System → Conf.backup disp → Last backup (0102)

Description Indicates when the last data backup was saved to the display module.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m), seconds (s)

Configuration management

Navigation Expert → System → Conf.backup disp → Config. managem. (0100)

Description Select action for managing the device data in the display module.

Selection • Cancel• Execute backup• Restore• Duplicate• Compare• Clear backup data

Factory setting Cancel

Additional information Meaning of the options• Cancel

No action is executed and the user exits the parameter.• Execute backup

A backup copy of the current device configuration in the HistoROM (built-in in thedevice) is saved to the display module of the device.

• RestoreThe last backup copy of the device configuration is copied from the display module to theHistoROM of the device.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

44 Endress+Hauser

• DuplicateThe transmitter configuration is duplicated to another device using the transmitterdisplay module. The following parameters, which characterize the individual measuringpoint are not included in the transmitted configuration:Medium type

• CompareThe device configuration saved in the display module is compared to the current deviceconfiguration of the HistoROM. The result of this comparison is displayed in theComparison result parameter (→ 44).

• Clear backup dataThe backup copy of the device configuration is deleted from the display module of thedevice.

While this action is in progress, the configuration cannot be edited via the localdisplay and a message on the processing status appears on the display.

If an existing backup is restored to a different device using the Restore option, it mayoccur that some device functionalities are no longer available. In some cases even adevice reset will not restore the original status.

In order to transmit a configuration to a different device, the Duplicate option shouldalways be used.

Backup state

Navigation Expert → System → Conf.backup disp → Backup state (0121)

Description Displays which backup action is currently in progress.

Comparison result

Navigation Expert → System → Conf.backup disp → Compar. result (0103)

Description Displays the comparison result between the device and the display.

Additional information Meaning of the display options• Settings identical

The current device configuration of the HistoROM is identical to the backup copy in thedisplay module.

• Settings not identicalThe current device configuration of the HistoROM is not identical to the backup copy inthe display module.

• No backup availableThere is no backup copy of the device configuration of the HistoROM in the displaymodule.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 45

• Backup settings corruptThe current device configuration of the HistoROM is corrupt or not compatible with thebackup copy in the display module.

• Check not doneThe device configuration of the HistoROM has not yet been compared to the backup copyin the display module.

• Dataset incompatibleThe data sets are incompatible and can not be compared.

To start the comparison, set Configuration management (→ 43) = Compare.

If the transmitter configuration has been duplicated from a different device byConfiguration management (→ 43) = Duplicate, the new device configuration inthe HistoROM is only partially identical to the configuration stored in the displaymodule: Sensor specific properties (e.g. the mapping curve) are not duplicated. Thus,the result of the comparison will be Settings not identical.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

46 Endress+Hauser

4.3.4 "Administration" submenuThe Administration submenu contains all parameters for the management of the device.Its structure depends on the user interface:

Structure of the submenu on the local display

Navigation Expert → System → Administration

‣ Administration

‣ Define access code → 49

Define access code → 49

Confirm access code → 49

Activate SW option → 47

Device reset → 47

Structure of the submenu in an operating tool

Navigation Expert → System → Administration

‣ Administration

Define access code → 47

Activate SW option → 47

Device reset → 47

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 47

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → System → Administration

Define access code

Navigation Expert → System → Administration → Def. access code (0093)

Description Define release code for write access to parameters.

User entry 0 to 9 999

Factory setting 0

Additional information If the factory setting is not changed or 0 is defined as the access code, the parametersare not write-protected and the configuration data of the device can then always bemodified. The user is logged on in the Maintenance role.

The write protection affects all parameters marked with the symbol in thisdocument. On the local display, the symbol in front of a parameter indicates thatthe parameter is write-protected.

Once the access code has been defined, write-protected parameters can only bemodified if the access code is entered in the Enter access code parameter (→ 31).

Please contact your Endress+Hauser Sales Center if you lose your access code.

For display operation: The new access code is only valid after it has been confirmed inthe Confirm access code parameter (→ 49).

Activate SW option

Navigation Expert → System → Administration → Activate SW opt. (0029)

Description Enter code to unlock specific software options.

User entry Positive integer

Factory setting 0

Device reset

Navigation Expert → System → Administration → Device reset (0000)

Description Select to which state the device is to be reset.

Selection • Cancel• To factory defaults• To delivery settings

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

48 Endress+Hauser

• Of customer settings• To transducer defaults• Restart device

Factory setting Cancel

Additional information Meaning of the options• Cancel

No action• To factory defaults

All parameters are reset to the order-code specific factory setting.• To delivery settings

All parameters are reset to the delivery setting. The delivery setting may differ from thefactory default if customer specific settings have been ordered.This option is only visible if customer specific settings have been ordered.

• Of customer settingsAll customer parameters are reset to their factory setting. Service parameters, however,remain unchanged.

• To transducer defaultsEvery measurment-related parameter is reset to its factory setting. Service parametersand communication-related parameters, however, remain unchanged.

• Restart deviceThe restart resets every parameter which is stored in the volatile memory (RAM) to thefactory setting (e.g. measured value data). The device configuration remains unchanged.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 49

"Define access code" wizard

Navigation Expert → System → Administration → Def. access code

Define access code

Navigation Expert → System → Administration → Def. access code → Def. access code

Description → 47

Confirm access code

Navigation Expert → System → Administration → Def. access code → Confirm code

Description Confirm the entered access code.

User entry 0 to 9 999

Factory setting 0

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

50 Endress+Hauser

4.4 "Sensor" submenuThe Sensor submenu contains all parameters related to the measurement and the sensorsettings.

Navigation Expert → Sensor

4.4.1 Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Sensor

‣ Sensor

Distance unit → 52

Temperature unit → 52

Operating mode → 52

Tank type → 53

Tube diameter → 53

Bin type → 53

Process property → 54

Advanced process conditions → 55

Application parameter → 56

‣ Medium → 57

‣ Level → 63

‣ Linearization → 75

‣ Information → 85

‣ Sensor properties → 93

‣ Distance → 97

‣ Gas phase compensation → 110

‣ Sensor diagnostics → 116

‣ Safety settings → 123

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 51

‣ Envelope curve → 131

‣ Mapping → 135

‣ EOP evaluation → 142

‣ Echo tracking → 149

‣ Interface → 160

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

52 Endress+Hauser

4.4.2 Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor

Distance unit

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Distance unit (0551)

Description Select distance unit.

Selection SI units• mm• m

US units• ft• in

Factory setting m

Temperature unit

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Temperature unit (0557)

Description Select temperature unit.

Selection SI units• °C• K

US units• °F• °R

Factory setting °C

Operating mode

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Operating mode (1046)

Prerequsite The device has the "interface measurement" application package (available for FMP51,FMP52, FMP54) 4). FMP55 always contains this package.

Description Select operating mode.

Selection • Level• Interface with capacitance 5)

• Interface 5)

4) Product structure: Feature 540 "Application Package", Option EB "Interface measurement"5) Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 53

Factory setting • FMP51/FMP52/FMP54: Level• FMP55: Interface with capacitance

Additional information The Interface with capacitance option is only available for FMP55.

Tank type

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Tank type (1175)

Prerequsite Medium type (→ 58) = Liquid

Description Select tank type.

Selection • Metallic• Bypass / pipe• Non metallic• Mounted outside• Coaxial

Factory setting Depending on the probe

Additional information • Depending on the probe some of the options mentioned above may not be available orthere may be additional options.

• For coax probes, the default setting is Tank type = Coaxial and can not be changed.• For probes with metallic center washer, Tank type = Bypass / pipe is preset and can not

be changed.

Tube diameter

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Tube diameter (1117)

Prerequsite • Tank type (→ 53) = Bypass / pipe• The probe is coated.

Description Specify diameter of bypass or stilling well.

User entry 0 to 9.999 m

Factory setting 0.0384 m

Bin type

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Bin type (1176)

Prerequsite Medium type (→ 58) = Solid

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

54 Endress+Hauser

Description Specify bin type.

Selection • Concrete• Plastic wood• Metallic• Aluminium• Buffer silo (fast)• Bin / Pile• Crusher / belt• Silo• Workbench test

Factory setting Metallic

Process property

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Process property (1081)

Description Specify typical rate of level change.

Selection For "Medium type" = "Liquid"• Very fast > 10 m (400 in)/min• Fast > 1 m (40 in)/min• Standard < 1 m (40in) /min• Medium < 10 cm (4in) /min• Slow < 1 cm (0.4in) /min• No filter / test

For "Medium type" = "Solid"• Very fast > 100 m (333 ft) /h• Fast > 10 m (33 ft) /h• Standard < 10 m (33 ft) /h• Medium < 1 m (3ft) /h• Slow < 0.1 m (0.3ft) /h• No filter / test

Factory setting Standard < 1 m (40in) /min

Additional information The device adjusts the signal evaluation filters and the damping of the output signal to thetypical rate of level change defined in this parameter:

For "Operating mode" = "Level" and "Medium type" = "Liquid"

Process property Step response time / s

Very fast > 10 m (400 in)/min 5

Fast > 1 m (40 in)/min 5

Standard < 1 m (40in) /min 14

Medium < 10 cm (4in) /min 39

Slow < 1 cm (0.4in) /min 76

No filter / test < 1

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 55

For "Operating mode" = "Level" and "Medium type" = "Solid"

Process property Step response time / s

Very fast > 100 m (333 ft) /h 37

Fast > 10 m (33 ft) /h 37

Standard < 10 m (33 ft) /h 74

Medium < 1 m (3ft) /h 146

Slow < 0.1 m (0.3ft) /h 290

No filter / test < 1

For "Operating mode" = "Interface" or "Interface with capacitance"

Process property Step response time / s

Very fast > 10 m (400 in)/min 5

Fast > 1 m (40 in)/min 5

Standard < 1 m (40in) /min 23

Medium < 10 cm (4in) /min 47

Slow < 1 cm (0.4in) /min 81

No filter / test 2.2

Other values of the step-response time (e.g. intermediate values) can be defined bythe following parameters:• Dead time (→ 100)• Integration time (→ 101)

Advanced process conditions

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Adv. conditions (1177)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Level

Description Specify additional process conditions (if required).

Selection • None• Oil/Water condensate• Probe near tank bottom• Build up• Foam (>5cm/0,16ft)

Factory setting None

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

56 Endress+Hauser

Additional information Meaning of the options• Oil/Water condensate (only Medium type = Liquid)

Makes sure that in the case of two-phase media only the total level is detected (example:oil/condensate application).

• Probe near tank bottom (only for Medium type = Liquid)Improves the empty detection, especially if the probe is mounted close to the tankbottom.

• Build upEnables a safe empty-detection even if the end-of-probe signal has shifted due to build-up.

• Foam (>5cm/0,16ft) (only for Medium type = Liquid)Optimizes the signal evaluation in applications with foam formation.

Application parameter

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Applicat. param. (1126)

Description Indicates whether settings depending on the application parameters (e.g. Advancedprocess conditions (→ 55), Tank type (→ 53) and Tube diameter (→ 53))have been changed after the basic setup.

User interface • Changed• Not changed

Additional information Meaning of the options• Changed

Parameters have been changed. The device is no longer in the state defined by theapplication parameters.

• Not changedThere have been no changes. The device is still in the state defined by the applicationparameters.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 57

4.4.3 "Medium" submenuThe Medium submenu is used to specify the relevant properties of the measured medium,especially the dielectric constant (DC).

The dielectric constant is used to calculate the threshold for the level echo and (ifapplicable) the interface echo.

For FMP51/FMP52/FMP54/FMP55: The Operating mode parameter (→ 52)determines which parameters this submenu contains.

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Medium

‣ Medium

Medium group → 58

Medium type → 58

Medium property → 59

DC value lower medium → 59

DC value → 60

Calculated DC value → 61

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

58 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Medium

Medium group

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Medium → Medium group (1208)

Prerequsite • For FMP51/FMP52/FMP54/FMP55: Operating mode (→ 52) = Level• Medium type (→ 58) = Liquid

Description Select medium group.

Selection • Others• Water based (DC >= 4)

Factory setting Others

Additional information This parameter roughly specifies the dielectric constant (DC) of the medium. For a moredetailed definition of the DC use the Medium property parameter (→ 59).

The Medium group parameter presets the Medium property parameter (→ 59) asfollows:

Medium group Medium property (→ 59)

Others Unknown

Water based (DC >= 4) DC 4 ... 7

The Medium property parameter can be changed at a later point of time. However,when doing so, the Medium group parameter retains its value. Only the Mediumproperty parameter is relevant for the signal evaluation.

The measuring range may be reduced for small dielectric constants. For details referto the Technical Information (TI) of the respective device.

Medium type

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Medium → Medium type (1049)

Description Specify type of medium.

User interface • Liquid• Solid

Factory setting • FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55: Liquid• FMP56, FMP57: Solid

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 59

Additional information The Solid option is only available for Operating mode (→ 52) = LevelThis parameter determines the value of several other parameters and stronglyinfluences the complete signal evaluation. Therefore, it is strongly recommended notto change the factory setting.

Medium property

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Medium → Medium property (1165)

Prerequsite • Operating mode (→ 52) = Level• EOP level evaluation ≠ Fix DC

Description Specify relative dielectric constant εr of the medium.

Selection • Unknown• DC 1.4 ... 1.6• DC 1.6 ... 1.9• DC 1.9 ... 2.5• DC 2.5 ... 4• DC 4 ... 7• DC 7 ... 15• DC > 15

Factory setting Dependent on Medium type (→ 58) and Medium group (→ 58).

Additional information Dependency on "Medium type" and "Medium group"

Medium type (→ 58) Medium group (→ 58) Medium property

Solid Unknown

Liquid Water based (DC >= 4) DC 4 ... 7

Others Unknown

For dielectric constants (DC values) of many media commonly used in variousindustries refer to:• the Endress+Hauser DC manual (CP01076F)• the Endress+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS)

For EOP level evaluation = Fix DC, the exact dielectric constant has to be enteredinto the DC value parameter. Therefore, the Medium property parameter is notavailable in this case.

DC value lower medium

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Medium → DC lower medium (1154)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Specify the relative dielectric ocnstant εr of the lower medium.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

60 Endress+Hauser

User entry 1 to 100

Factory setting 80.0

Additional information For dielectric constants (DC values) of many media commonly used in variousindustries refer to:• the Endress+Hauser DC manual (CP01076F)• the Endress+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS)

The factory setting, εr = 80, is valid for water at 20 °C (68 °F).

DC value

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Medium → DC value (1201)

Description • For level measurements:Specify dielectric constant εr.

• For interface measurements:Specify dielectric constant εr of the upper medium.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Dependent on the following parameters:• Operating mode (→ 52)• Medium property (→ 59)• Medium type (→ 58)• Bin type (→ 53)or Tank type (→ 53)

Additional information Dependence of the factory settings on other parameters

For "Operating mode" = "Level"

Medium property(→ 59)

Medium type(→ 58)

Bin type (→ 53) or Tank type (→ 53) DC value

Unknown Solid Bin type (→ 53)• Aluminium• Plastic wood

1.9

Bin type (→ 53)• Concrete• Metallic

1.6

Liquid Tank type (→ 53)Coaxial

1.4

Any other tank type 1.9

DC 1.4 ... 1.6 Solid Bin type (→ 53)• Concrete• Aluminium• Plastic wood

1.6

Bin type (→ 53)Metallic

1.4

Liquid Tank type (→ 53)• Non metallic• Mounted outside

1.6

Any other tank type 1.4

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 61

Medium property(→ 59)

Medium type(→ 58)

Bin type (→ 53) or Tank type (→ 53) DC value

DC 1.6 ... 1.9 1.6

DC 1.9 ... 2.5 1.9

DC 2.5 ... 4 2.5

DC 4 ... 7 4

DC 7 ... 15 7

DC > 15 15

For "Operating mode" = "Interface with capacitance" or "Interface":DC value = 1.9

As the value defines the echo threshold, it may not exceed the actual DC of themedium. Dielectric constants above DC = 15 have only a very limited influence on theecho threshold.

Calculated DC value

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Medium → Calc. DC value (1118)

Prerequsite EOP level evaluation = Automatic DC

Description • For Operating mode (→ 52) = Level:Displays the dielectric constant calculated from the level and end-of-probe signals.

• For Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance:– For Interface property (→ 161) = Special: automatic DC:

Displays the dielectric constant of the upper medium which has been calculated fromthe level and interface signal.

– Else:Identical to DC value (→ 60).

User interface 1.0 to 100.0

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

62 Endress+Hauser

4.4.4 "Level" submenuThe Level submenu (→ 63) is used to configure the calculation of the level from themeasured distance.

D0 D L0 L

1 2 3 4 5

L

t

100%

B

0%

A

0%

100%

DL

B

A

0%

100%

E

DL0

F

D0

R

D

DD

A0016141

10 Calculation of the level from the measured distance

1 Correction of the measured distance2 Level calculation3 Level limitation4 Correction of the level5 Definition of the output value: Level (A) or Ullage (B)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 63

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level

‣ Level

Distance offset → 64

Empty calibration → 65

Full calibration → 66

Level unit → 67

Level limit mode → 68

High limit → 69

Low limit → 69

Level correction → 69

Output mode → 70

Level → 70

Level linearized → 72

Interface → 72

Interface linearized → 72

Thickness upper layer → 73

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

64 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level

Distance offset

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Distance offset (2309)

Description Specify distance offset.

User entry –200 to 200 m

Factory setting 0 m

Additional information The value specified in this parameter is added to the measured distance between thereference point of the measurement and the level echo.

• Positive values increase the distance and thus decrease the level.• Negative values decrease the distance and thus increase the level.

D0

D D0

R R

DD(<0)DD(>0)

D

A0016081

11 Effect of "Distance offset (→ 64)"

ΔD Distance offsetD0 Measured distanceD Corrected distance (is used to calculate the level)R Reference point

The value entered in this parameter changes the distance input into the level blockand thus influences the measured level.This change, however, is not taken intoaccount in the displayed distance.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 65

Empty calibration

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Empty calibr. (2343)

Description Specify the distance E between the process connection and the minimum level (0%). Thisdefines the starting point of the measuring range.

User entry Depending on the probe

Factory setting Depending on the probe

Additional information

0%

E

A0013178

12 Empty calibration (E) for level measurements in liquids

0%

E

E

0%

A0013177

13 Empty calibration (E) for interface measurements

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

66 Endress+Hauser

E

0%

A0013180

14 Empty calibration (E) for level measurements in bulk solids.

In the case of interface measurements the Empty calibration parameter is valid forboth, the total and the interface level.

Full calibration

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Full calibr. (2308)

Description Specify the distance F between the minimum level (0%) and the maximum level (100%).

User entry Depending on the probe

Factory setting Depending on the probe

Additional information

0%

F

100%

A0013186

15 Full calibration (F) for level measurements in liquids

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 67

0%

F

F

0%

100%

100%

A0013188

16 Full calibration (F) for interface measurements

F

0%

100%

A0013191

17 Full calibration (F) for level measurements in bulk solids

In the case of interface measurements the Full calibration parameter is valid forboth, the total and the interface level.

Level unit

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Level unit (0576)

Description Select level unit.

Selection SI units• %• m• mm

US units• ft• in

Factory setting %

Additional information The level unit may differ from the distance unit defined in the Distance unit parameter(→ 52):

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

68 Endress+Hauser

• The unit defined in the Distance unit parameter is used for the basic calibration (Emptycalibration (→ 65) and Full calibration (→ 66)).

• The unit defined in the Level unit parameter is used to display the (unlinearized) level.

Level limit mode

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Level limit mode (2314)

Description Select the type of level limitation.

Selection • Off• Low limit• High limit• Low and High Limit

Factory setting Low limit

Additional information The parameter determines to which direction the level is limited. The exact limits aredefined in the High limit (→ 69) und Low limit (→ 69) parameters.

L

t

100%

A B

C

0%

a

2

1

L

t

100%

b

0%

a

1

1

22

L

t

100%

0%

b

2

1

A0016083

18 Effect of the "Level limit mode", "High limit" and "Low limit" parameters

A "Level limit mode" = "High limit"B "Level limit mode" = "Low limit"C "Level limit mode" = "Low and High Limit"a "High limit"b "Low limit"1 Level before limitation2 Level after limitation

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 69

High limit

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → High limit (2312)

Prerequsite Level limit mode (→ 68) = High limit or Low and High Limit

Description Specify upper limit.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0 %

Additional information Levels exceeding the value specified in this parameter will be ignored. Instead, the deviceuses the maximum level specified in this parameter (for measured value transformationand output).

Low limit

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Low limit (2313)

Prerequsite Level limit mode (→ 68) = Low limit or Low and High Limit

Description Specify lower level limit.

User entry –200 000.0 to 200 000.0 %

Factory setting 0.0 %

Additional information Levels falling below the value specified in this parameter will be ignored. Instead, thedevice uses the minimum level specified in this parameter (for measured valuetransformation and output).

Level correction

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Level correction (2325)

Description Specify level correction (if required).

User entry –200 000.0 to 200 000.0 %

Factory setting 0.0 %

Additional information The value specified in this parameter is added to the measured level (before linearization).

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

70 Endress+Hauser

Output mode

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Output mode (2317)

Description Select output mode.

Selection • Ullage• Level linearized

Factory setting Level linearized

Additional information Meaning of the options• Ullage

The remaining space in the tank or silo is indicated.• Level linearized

The level is indicated (more precisely: the linearized value if a linearization has beenactivated).

0%

100%

BA

A0016086

19 Definition of the "Output mode (→ 70)" parameter

A Level linearizedB Ullage

Level

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Level (2319)

Description Displays measured level LL (before linearization).

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 71

Additional information

0%

LL

A0013194

20 Level in case of liquid measurements

0%

L

0%

L

LL

A0013195

21 Level in case of interface measurements

0%

LL

A0013196

22 Level in case of bulk solid measurements

• The unit is defined in the Level unit parameter (→ 67).• In case of interface measurements, this parameter always refers to the total level.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

72 Endress+Hauser

Level linearized

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Level linearized (2318)

Description Displays linearized level.

Additional information • The unit is defined by the Unit after linearization parameter → 78.• For interface measurements, this parameter always refers to the total level.

Interface

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Interface (2352)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays the measured interface level LI (before linearization).

Additional information

0% 0%

LI LI

A0013197

The unit is defined in the Level unit parameter (→ 67).

Interface linearized

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Interf. lineariz (2382)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays the linearized interface height.

Additional information The unit is defined in the Unit after linearization parameter → 78.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 73

Thickness upper layer

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Level → Thickn.upp.layer (2330)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays the upper interface thickness (UP).

Additional information

UP

UP

A0013313

UP Thickness upper layer

The unit is defined by the Unit after linearization parameter → 78.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

74 Endress+Hauser

4.4.5 "Linearization" submenu

0%

100%L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L2

L1

L‘1L‘2

L‘

L‘

L‘

L‘

L‘

L‘

L‘

M

M

M

M

M

Hh

h

M

0%

100%

100%

100%

0%

0%

100%

0%

0%

0%

100%

100%

B

A

C

D

E

F

G

H

2

1L

I

L‘

I‘

d

d

A0016084

23 Linearization: Transformation of the level and (if relevant) the interface height into a volume or weight;the transformation is dependent on the shape of the vessel.

1 Selection of linearization type and unit2 Configuration of the linearizationA Linearization type (→ 77) = NoneB Linearization type (→ 77) = LinearC Linearization type (→ 77) = TableD Linearization type (→ 77) = Pyramid bottomE Linearization type (→ 77) = Conical bottomF Linearization type (→ 77) = Angled bottomG Linearization type (→ 77) = Horizontal cylinderH Linearization type (→ 77) = SphereI For "Operating mode (→ 52)" = "Interface" or "Interface with capacitance": Interface before linearization

(measured in distance units)I' For "Operating mode (→ 52)" = "Interface" or "Interface with capacitance": Interface after linearization

(corresponds to volume or weight)L Level before linearization (measured in distance units)L' Level linearized (→ 72) (corresponds to volume or weight)M Maximum value (→ 80)d Diameter (→ 80)h Intermediate height (→ 81)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 75

Structure of the submenu on the local display

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization

‣ Linearization

Linearization type → 77

Unit after linearization → 78

Free text → 79

Maximum value → 80

Diameter → 80

Intermediate height → 81

Table mode → 81

Activate table → 83

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

76 Endress+Hauser

Structure of the submenu in an operating tool (e.g. FieldCare)

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization

‣ Linearization

Linearization type → 77

Unit after linearization → 78

Free text → 79

Level linearized → 79

Interface linearized → 80

Maximum value → 80

Diameter → 80

Intermediate height → 81

Table mode → 81

Table number → 82

Level → 83

Level → 83

Customer value → 83

Activate table → 83

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 77

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization

Linearization type

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Lineariz. type (2339)

Description Select linearization type.

Selection • None• Linear• Table• Pyramid bottom• Conical bottom• Angled bottom• Horizontal cylinder• Sphere

Factory setting None

Additional information

0%

100%

0%

100%

100%

0%

100%

0%

0%

100%

A B

C/D E

F/G

A0021476

24 Linearization types

A NoneB TableC Pyramid bottomD Conical bottomE Angled bottomF SphereG Horizontal cylinder

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

78 Endress+Hauser

Meaning of the options• None

The level is transmitted in the level unit without linearization.• Linear

The output value (volume/weight) is directly proportional to the level L. This is valid, forexample, for vertical cylinders. The following additional parameters have to be specified:– Unit after linearization (→ 78)– Maximum value (→ 80): Maximum volume or weight

• TableThe relationship between the measured level L and the output value (volume/weight) isgiven by a linearization table consisting of up to 32 pairs of values "level - volume" or"level - weight", respectively. The following additional parameters have to be specified:– Unit after linearization (→ 78)– Table mode (→ 81)– For each table point: Level (→ 83)– For each table point: Customer value (→ 83)– Activate table (→ 83)

• Pyramid bottomThe output value corresponds to the volume or weight in a silo with pyramid bottom.The following additional parameters have to be specified:– Unit after linearization (→ 78)– Maximum value (→ 80): Maximum volume or weight– Intermediate height (→ 81): The height of the pyramid

• Conical bottomThe output value corresponds to the volume or weight in a tank with conical bottom. Thefollowing additional parameters have to be specified:– Unit after linearization (→ 78)– Maximum value (→ 80): Maximum volume or weight– Intermediate height (→ 81): The height of the conical part of the tank

• Angled bottomThe output value corresponds to the volume or weight in a silo with an angled bottom.The following additional parameters have to be specified:– Unit after linearization (→ 78)– Maximum value (→ 80): Maximum volume or weight– Intermediate height (→ 81): Height of the angled bottom

• Horizontal cylinderThe output value corresponds to the volume or weight in a horizontal cylinder. Thefollowing additional parameters have to be specified:– Unit after linearization (→ 78)– Maximum value (→ 80): Maximum volume or weight– Diameter (→ 80)

• SphereThe output value corresponds to the volume or weight in a spherical tank. The followingadditional parameters have to be specified:– Unit after linearization (→ 78)– Maximum value (→ 80): Maximum volume or weight– Diameter (→ 80)

Unit after linearization

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Unit lineariz. (2340)

Prerequsite Linearization type (→ 77) ≠ None

Description Select unit of the lineaized value.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 79

Selection SI units• STon• t• kg• cm³• dm³• m³• hl• l• %

US units• lb• UsGal• ft³

Imperial unitsimpGal

Custom-specific unitsFree text

Factory setting %

Additional information The selected unit is only used to be indicated on the display. The measured value is nottransformed according to the selected unit.

It is also possible to configure a distance-to-distance linearization, i.e. atransformation from the level unit to a different distance unit. To do so, select theLinear linearization mode. In order to define the new level unit, select the Free textoption in the Unit after linearization parameter and enter the required unit into theFree text parameter (→ 79).

Free text

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Free text (2341)

Prerequsite Unit after linearization (→ 78) = Free text

Description Enter unit symbol.

User entry Up to 32 alphanumerical characters (letters, numbers, special characters)

Factory setting Free text

Level linearized

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Level linearized (2318)

Description Displays linearized level.

Additional information • The unit is defined by the Unit after linearization parameter → 78.• For interface measurements, this parameter always refers to the total level.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

80 Endress+Hauser

Interface linearized

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Interf. lineariz (2382)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays the linearized interface height.

Additional information The unit is defined in the Unit after linearization parameter → 78.

Maximum value

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Maximum value (2315)

Prerequsite Linearization type (→ 77) has one of the following values:• Linear• Pyramid bottom• Conical bottom• Angled bottom• Horizontal cylinder• Sphere

Description Specify the maximum content of the vessel (100%) measured in the units afterlinearization.

User entry –50 000.0 to 50 000.0 %

Factory setting 100.0 %

Diameter

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Diameter (2342)

Prerequsite Linearization type (→ 77) has one of the following values:• Horizontal cylinder• Sphere

Description Specify tank diameter.

User entry 0 to 9 999.999 m

Factory setting 2 m

Additional information The unit is defined in the Distance unit parameter (→ 52).

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 81

Intermediate height

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Intermed. height (2310)

Prerequsite Linearization type (→ 77) has one of the following values:• Pyramid bottom• Conical bottom• Angled bottom

Description Specify intermediate height H.

User entry 0 to 200 m

Factory setting 0 m

Additional information

0%

H

A0013264

H Intermediate height

The unit is defined in the Distance unit parameter (→ 52).

Table mode

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Table mode (2303)

Prerequsite Linearization type (→ 77) = Table

Description Select editing mode of the linearization table.

Selection • Manual• Semiautomatic 6)

• Clear table• Sort table

Factory setting Manual

6) Visibility depends on order options or device settings

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

82 Endress+Hauser

Additional information Meaning of the options• Manual

The level and the associated linearized value are entered manually for each linearizationpoint.

• SemiautomaticThe level is measured by the device for each linearization point. The associatedlinearized value is entered manually.

• Clear tableDeletes the existing linearization table.

• Sort tableRearranges the linerization points into an ascending order.

Conditions the linearization table must meet:• The table may consist of up to 32 pairs of values "Level - Linearized Value".• The table must be monotonic (monotonically increasing or decreasing).• The first linearization point must refer to the minimum level.• The last linearization point must refer to the maximum level.

Before entering a linearization table, the values for Empty calibration (→ 65) andFull calibration (→ 66) must be set correctly.

If values of the table need to be changed after the full or empty calibration have beenchanged, a correct evaluation is only ensured if the existing table is deleted and thecomplete table is entered again. To do so delete the existing table (Table mode(→ 81) = Clear table). Then enter a new table.

How to enter the table• Via FieldCare

The table points can be entered via the Table number (→ 82), Level (→ 83)and Customer value (→ 83) parameters. As an alternative, the graphic table editormay be used: Device Operation → Device Functions → Additional Functions →Linearization (Online/Offline)

• Via local displaySelect the Edit table submenu to call up the graphic table editor. The table is displayedand can be edited line by line.

The factory setting for the level unit is "%". If you want to enter the linearization tablein physical units, you must select the appropriate unit in the Level unit parameter(→ 67) beforehand.

Table number

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Table number (2370)

Prerequsite Linearization type (→ 77) = Table

Description Select table point you are going to enter or change.

User entry 1 to 32

Factory setting 1

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 83

Level (Manual)

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Level (2383)

Prerequsite • Linearization type (→ 77) = Table• Table mode (→ 81) = Manual

Description Enter level value of the table point (value before linearization).

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0 %

Level (Semiautomatic)

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Level (2389)

Prerequsite • Linearization type (→ 77) = Table• Table mode (→ 81) = Semiautomatic

Description Displays measured level (value before linearization). This value is transmitted to the table.

Customer value

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Customer value (2384)

Prerequsite Linearization type (→ 77) = Table

Description Enter linearized value for the table point.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0 %

Activate table

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Linearization → Activate table (2304)

Prerequsite Linearization type (→ 77) = Table

Description Activate (enable) or deactivate (disable) the linearization table.

Selection • Disable• Enable

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

84 Endress+Hauser

Factory setting Disable

Additional information Meaning of the options• Disable

The measured level is not linearized.If Linearization type (→ 77) = Table at the same time, the device issues errormessage F435.

• EnableThe measured level is linearized according to the table.

When editing the table, the Activate table parameter is automatically reset toDisable and must be reset to Enable after the table has been entered.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 85

4.4.6 "Information" submenuThe Information submenu comprises all display parameters which give information aboutthe current state of the measurement.

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information

‣ Information

Signal quality → 86

Absolute echo amplitude → 86

Relative echo amplitude → 87

Absolute interface amplitude → 88

Relative interface amplitude → 88

Absolute EOP amplitude → 89

Found echoes → 89

Used calculation → 90

Tank trace state → 91

Measurement frequency → 91

Electronic temperature → 91

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

86 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information

Signal quality

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information → Signal quality (1047)

Description Displays the signal quality of the evaluated echo.

Additional information Meaning of the display options• Strong

The evaluated echo exceeds the threshold by at least 10 mV.• Medium

The evaluated echo exceeds the threshold by at least 5 mV.• Weak

The evaluated echo exceeds the threshold by less than 5 mV.• No signal

The device does not find a usable echo.

The signal quality indicated in this parameter always refers to the currently evaluatedecho: either the level/interface echo 7) or the end-of-probe echo. To differentiate betweenthese two, the quality of the end-of-probe echo is always displayed in brackets.

In case of a lost echo (Signal quality = No signal) the device generates the followingerror message:• F941, for Output echo lost (→ 124) = Alarm.• S941, if another option has been selected in Output echo lost (→ 124).

Absolute echo amplitude

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information → Abs. echo ampl. (1127)

Description Displays the absolute amplitude of the level echo in the subtracted curve.

7) Of these two echos the one with the lower quality is indicated.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 87

Additional information

A0018378

1 Absolute echo amplitude in the envelope curve as measured from the 0mV line

Relative echo amplitude

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information → Relat.echo ampl. (1089)

Description Displays the relative amplitude of the level echo in the subtracted curve. The relativeamplitude is the difference between the level echo and the echo threshold.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

88 Endress+Hauser

Additional information

A0018377

1 The relative echo amplitude is the difference between the amplitude in the envelope curve (blue) and the echothreshold (green).

In the envelope curve display of FieldCare, the absolute echo amplitude is indicatedinstead of the relative amplitude (see the number on the top right of the echo peak inthe example).

Absolute interface amplitude

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information → Abs.interf.ampl. (1129)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays the absolute amplitude of the interface echo in the subtracted curve.

Relative interface amplitude

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information → Rel.interf.ampl. (1090)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays the relative amplitude of the interface echo in the subtracted curve.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 89

Absolute EOP amplitude

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information → Abs. EOP ampl. (1128)

Description Displays the absolute amplitude of the end-of-probe signal in the subtracted curve.

Additional information

A0018375

1 Absolute EOP amplitude (example for an insulated end-of-probe)

Polarity of the end-of-probe signal• For probe ends which are freely suspended in the medium or insulated against the tank,

the end-of-probe signal is negative.• For probe ends which are grounded to the tank potential, the end-of-probe signal is

positive.

To ensure correct evaluation of the end-of-probe signal, its polarity must be specifiedin the EOP search mode parameter (→ 143).

Found echoes

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information → Found echoes (1068)

Description Indicates which echoes have been found.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

90 Endress+Hauser

User interface • None• Level• Interface• EOP• Level and interface• Level and EOP• Interface and EOP• Level, interface and EOP• EOP• EOP (TT)• EOP (LN)• Level and EOP• Multiple echo (TT)• Level and interface with capa.• Level with capa. and interface

Used calculation

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information → Used calculation (1115)

Description Indicates which echoes are used for the calculation of the measured value.

Additional information Meaning of the options• None

The measured value is not calculated (e.g. due to a lost echo)• Level

The level is calculated from the direct level echo.• EOP

The level is calculated from the end-of-probe signal (EOP).• EOP (TT)

The level is calculated from the end-of-probe signal (EOP) taking into account the tanktable (TT).

• Multiple echo (TT)The level is calculated from the multiple echo, taking into account the tank table (TT).

• EOP (LN)An empty tank is detected from the end-of-probe signal (EOP) in the interface mode.

• Level and EOPThe level is calculated from the direct level echo. Its plausibility is checked by the end-of-probe signal (EOP). This situation may occur if the device is in the interface mode andthe tank contains only one medium.

• InterfaceThe interface height is calculated from the direct interface echo. This situation mayoccur if Tank level (→ 161) = Fully flooded.

• Measured capacitance (only for FMP55)The level is calculated from the measured capacitance without taking into account anyechoes.

• Level and interfaceThe level is calculated from the direct level echo. The interface height is calculated fromthe direct interface echo.

• Level and interface with capa.The level is calculated from the direct level echo. The interface height is calculated fromthe measured capacitance.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 91

Tank trace state

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information → Tank trace state (1206)

Description Indicates the current state of the tank trace.

Additional information Meaning of the options• Not active

A valid tank trace is not available.• EOP (TT)

A valid EOP tank trace is available.• Multiple echo (TT)

A valid multiple echo tank trace is available.• EOP + Multiple echo (TT)

A valid EOP and multiple echo tank trace are available.

Measurement frequency

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information → Measurm. freq. (1180)

Description Displays the current measurement frequency (number of pulses per second).

Additional information The measurement frequency is dependent on the length of the probe. Refer to theTechnical Information (TI) of the respective device for details.

Electronic temperature

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Information → Electronic temp. (1062)

Description Displays the current temperature of the electronics.

Additional information The unit is defined in the Temperature unit parameter (→ 52).

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

92 Endress+Hauser

4.4.7 "Sensor properties" submenuThe Sensor properties submenu comprises all parameters which describe themeasurement-related properties of the probe and the envelope curve.

Probe length correctionFor the signal evaluation it is essential that the Levelflex allocates the end-of-probe signalcorrectly. To ensure this one can manually enter the actual length of the probe or one canperform a probe length correctionn several times until the displayed length of the probematches the actual length of the probe (LN). To do so one needs the following parameters:

• Present probe length (→ 94)• Confirm probe length (→ 94)

When operating via the local display module, the Confirm probe length (→ 94)and Present probe length (→ 94) parameters are comprised in the Probelength correction sequence.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 93

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Sensor prop.

‣ Sensor properties

Probe grounded → 94

Present probe length → 94

Confirm probe length → 94

Sensor module → 95

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

94 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Sensor prop.

Probe grounded

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Sensor prop. → Probe grounded (1222)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Level

Description Specify whether the probe is grounded.

Selection • No• Yes

Factory setting No

Present probe length

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Sensor prop. → Pres. length (1078)

Description • In most cases:Displays the length of the probe according to the currently measured end-of-probesignal.

• For Confirm probe length (→ 94) = Manual input:Enter actual length of probe.

User entry 0 to 200 m

Factory setting 4 m

Confirm probe length

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Sensor prop. → Confirm length (1080)

Description Select, whether the value displayed in the Present probe length parameter → 94matches the actual length of the probe. Based on this input, the device performs a probelength correction.

Selection • Probe length OK• Probe length too small• Probe length too big• Probe covered• Manual input• Probe length unknown

Factory setting Probe length OK

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 95

Additional information Meaning of the options• Probe length OK

To be selected if the indicated length is correct. An adjustment is not required. Thedevice quits the sequence.

• Probe length too smallTo be selected if the displayed length is smaller than the actual length of the probe. Adifferent end of probe signal is allocated and the newly calculated length is displayed inthe Present probe length parameter → 94. This procedure has to be repeated untilthe displayed value matches the actual length of the probe.

• Probe length too bigTo be selected if the displayed length is bigger than the actual length of the probe. Adifferent end of probe signal is allocated and the newly calculated length is indicated inthe Present probe length parameter → 94. This procedure has to be repeated untilthe displayed value matches the actual length of the probe.

• Probe coveredTo be selected if the probe is (partially or completely) covered. A probe length correctionis impossible in this case. The device quits the sequence.

• Manual inputTo be selected if no automatic probe length correction is to be performed. Instead, theactual length of the probe must be entered manually into the Present probe lengthparameter → 94 8).

• Probe length unknownTo be selected if the acutal length of the probe is unknown. A probe length correction isimpossible in this case and the device quits the sequence..

Sensor module

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Sensor prop. → Sensor module (1101)

Description Displays the type of sensor module.

8) When operated via FieldCare, the Manual input option needs not to be selected explicitly. In FieldCare the length of the probe can always beedited.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

96 Endress+Hauser

4.4.8 "Distance" submenuThe Distance submenu contains all parameters which control the filtering of the rawdistance D1. The resulting distance D0 is used for the subsequent calculation of the level.

D1 D0

1 2

A0016175

25 The configurable distance filters

1 Dead time (→ 100)2 Integration time (→ 101) (low pass filter)

Low pass filterThe low pass filter dampens the distance signal with a user defined integration time τ(Integration time parameter (→ 101)). After a sudden change of the level, it takesabout 5 x τ, until the new measured value is obtained.

t

D1

2

5 x t

A0016169

26 Low pass filter

1 Signal before the low pass filter2 Signal after the low pass filterτ Integration time (→ 101)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 97

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Distance

‣ Distance

Distance → 98

Interface distance → 99

Dead time → 100

Integration time → 101

Blocking distance → 102

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

98 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Distance

Distance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Distance → Distance (1124)

Description Displays the measured distance DL between the reference point (lower edge of the flangeor threaded connection) and the level.

Additional information

DL

A0013198

27 Distance for liquid measurements

DL

DL

A0013199

28 Distance for interface measurements

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 99

DL

A0013201

29 Distance for bulk solid measurements

The unit is defined in the Distance unit parameter (→ 52).

Interface distance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Distance → Interface dist. (1067)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays the measured distance DI between the reference point (lower edge of flange orthreaded connection) and the interface.

Additional information

DI

DI

A0013202

The unit is defined in the Distance unit parameter (→ 52).

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

100 Endress+Hauser

Dead time

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Distance → Dead time (1199)

Description Define the dead time (in seconds).

User entry 0 to 60 s

Factory setting Dependent on the following parameters:• Medium type (→ 58)• Process property (→ 54)

Additional information Factory setting for level measurements with "Medium type" = "Liquid"

Process property (→ 54) Dead time

Fast > 1 m (40 in)/min 0 s

Standard < 1 m (40in) /min 1 s

Medium < 10 cm (4in) /min 3 s

Slow < 1 cm (0.4in) /min 6 s

No filter / test 0 s

Factory setting for level measurements with "Medium type" = "Solid"

Process property (→ 54) Dead time

Fast > 10 m (33 ft) /h 1 s

Standard < 10 m (33 ft) /h 3 s

Medium < 1 m (3ft) /h 5 s

Slow < 0.1 m (0.3ft) /h 10 s

No filter / test 0 s

Factory setting for interface measurements

Process property (→ 54) Dead time

Fast > 1 m (40 in)/min 0 s

Standard < 1 m (40in) /min 10 s

Medium < 10 cm (4in) /min 10 s

Slow < 1 cm (0.4in) /min 10 s

No filter / test 0 s

ApplicationSudden changes of the measured distance are ignored during the time span defined in thisparameter. In this way it is possible to prevent short-term interferences form disturbingthe output signal.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 101

t

D

2 3

1

A0016164

30 Effect of the dead time

1 Dead time2 Signal before the dead time filter3 Signal after the dead time filter

Disadvantages• The device slows down.• Fast level changes are registered with a delay.

Integration time

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Distance → Integration time (1092)

Description Define the integration time (in seconds).

User entry 0.0 to 200 000.0 s

Factory setting Dependent on the following parameters:• Medium type (→ 58)• Process property (→ 54)

Additional information Factory setting for "Medium type" = "Liquid"

Process property (→ 54) Integration time

Fast > 1 m (40 in)/min 1 s

Standard < 1 m (40in) /min 5 s

Medium < 10 cm (4in) /min 15 s

Slow < 1 cm (0.4in) /min 30 s

No filter / test 0 s

Factory setting for "Medium type" = "Solid"

Process property (→ 54) Integration time

Fast > 10 m (33 ft) /h 37 s

Standard < 10 m (33 ft) /h 74 s

Medium < 1 m (3ft) /h 145 s

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

102 Endress+Hauser

Process property (→ 54) Integration time

Slow < 0.1 m (0.3ft) /h 290 s

No filter / test < 0.8 s

Increasing the integration time results in a calmer measuring signal. However, it alsocauses a delayed reaction to level changes.

Blocking distance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Distance → Blocking dist. (1144)

Description Specify upper blocking distance UB.

User entry 0 to 200 m

Factory setting • For coax probes: 0 mm (0 in)• For rod and rope probes up to 8 m (26 ft): 200 mm (8 in)• For rod and rope probes above 8 m (26 ft): 0.025 * Sondenlänge

Additional information No echos are evaluated within the blocking distance UB. Therefore, UB can be used tosuppress interference echos within the upper end of the probe.

UB

A0013219

31 Blocking distance (UB) for liquid measurements

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 103

UB

A0013221

32 Blocking distance (UB) for bulk solid measurements

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

104 Endress+Hauser

4.4.9 "Gas phase compensation" submenuFor FMP51, FMP52 and FMP54: The Gas phase compensation submenu(→ 110) is only available if Operating mode (→ 52) = Level.

Einfluss der GasphaseHigh pressures reduce the propagation velocity of the measuring signals in the gas/vaporabove the fluid. This effect depends on the kind of gas/vapor and of its temperature. Thisresults in a systematic measuring error that gets bigger as the distance increases betweenthe reference point of the measurement (flange) and the product surface.

The following table illustrates this measured error for a few typical gases/vapors (withregard to distance; a positive value means that too large a distance is being measured):

Gas layer Temperature Pressure

°C °F 1 bar (14.5 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) 50 bar (725 psi) 100 bar (1 450 psi) 200 bar (2 900 psi) 400 bar (5 800 psi)

Air 20 68 0.00 % 0.22 % 1.2 % 2.4 % 4.9 % 9.5 %

200 392 –0.01 % 0.13 % 0.74 % 1.5 % 3.0 % 6.0 %

400 752 –0.02 % 0.08 % 0.52 % 1.1 % 2.1 % 4.2 %

Hydrogen 20 68 –0.01 % 0.10 % 0.61 % 1.2 % 2.5 % 4.9 %

200 392 –0.02 % 0.05 % 0.37 % 0.76 % 1.6 % 3.1 %

400 752 –0.02 % 0.03 % 0.25 % 0.53 % 1.1 % 2.2 %

Gas layer Temperature Pressure

°C °F 1 bar(14.5 psi)

2 bar(29 psi)

5 bar(72.5 psi)

10 bar(145 psi)

20 bar(290 psi)

50 bar(725 psi)

100 bar(1 450 psi)

200 bar(2 900 psi)

Water(saturated

steam)

100 212 0.26 % - - - - - - -

120 248 0.23 % 0.50 % - - - - - -

152 306 0.20 % 0.42 % 1.14 % - - - - -

180 356 0.17 % 0.37 % 0.99 % 2.10 % - - - -

212 414 0.15 % 0.32 % 0.86 % 1.79 % 3.9 % - - -

264 507 0.12 % 0.26 % 0.69 % 1.44 % 3.0 % 9.2 % - -

311 592 0.09 % 0.22 % 0.58 % 1.21 % 2.5 % 7.1 % 19.3 % -

366 691 0.07 % 0.18 % 0.49 % 1.01 % 2.1 % 5.7 % 13.2 % 76 %

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 105

Gas phase compensation with reference signalThis type of gas phase compensation requires a reference signal at a defined distance fromthe process connection which must be above the maximum level. The current speed ofpropagation is determined from the shift of this reference signal The envelope curve canbe scaled accordingly.

Probes with reference signal (option for FMR54)

As an option, FMP54 is available in a version for gas phase compensation (feature 540"Application Package", Option EF: "Gas phase compensation Lref = 300mm" oder EG: "Gasphase compensation Lref = 550mm"). This version of the FMP54 generates a referencereflection at the distance Lref from the flange. The reference reflection must be at least150 mm (6 in) above the highest level.

Dref

iD

max

min

150 m

m6 inch

LN

Lre

f

max

min

150 m

m6 inch

LN

Lre

f

(300/5

50 m

m)

(300/5

50 m

m)

A0014534

Coax probes with reference reflection can be installed in any tank (free in the tank orinto a bypass). Coax probes are completely mounted and calibrated on delivery. Aftermounting they are ready for use; additional settings are not necessary.

Rod probes are only recommended if the installation of a coax probe is not possible(e.g. if the bypass diameter is too small).

Rod probes with reference reflection are only suited for mounting in stilling wells andside gauges (bypasses). The diameter Dref of the probe rod in the range of thereference distance Lref must be chosen depending on the pipe inner diameter iD, seetable below. In the range of the reference distance Lref the pipe has to be cylindrical;changes of the cross section, for example at flanged connections, are only allowed upto 5% of the inside diamter iD.

In addition, the distance of the reference signal must be measured in thedepressurized state and this value must be entered in the Reference distanceparameter (→ 113). This is necessary because the exact position of the referencesignal is dependent on the mounting conditions (e.g. on the diameter of a nozzle orstilling well).

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

106 Endress+Hauser

Inner diameter iD of the stilling well/bypass Diameter Dref of the rod probe within the reference distanceLref

40 mm (1.57 in) ≤ iD < 45 mm (1.77 in) 22 mm (0.87 in)

45 mm (1.77 in) ≤ iD < 70 mm (2.76 in) 25 mm (0.98 in)

70 mm (2.76 in) ≤ iD < 100 mm (3.94 in) 30 mm (1.18 in)

Limitations for coax/rod probes

Maximum probe length LN LN ≤ 4 000 mm (157 in)

Minimum probe length LN LN > Lref + 200 mm (7.7 in)

Reference distance Lref 300 mm (11.8 in) or 550 mm (21.7 in), see feature 540 ofthe product structure

Maximum level relative to sealing surface of flange Lref + 150 mm (5.9 in)

Minimum dielectric constant of the medium DC > 7

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 107

When can the gas phase compensation with reference signal be used?

Level measurements with high pressure for measuring ranges up to a few meters in polarmedia with a dielectric constant DC > 7 (e.g. water or ammonia), which would cause a highmeasuring error without the compensation.

The accuracy of measurement at reference conditions is the higher the larger the referencelength Lref and the samller the measuring range is:

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000

D [mm]

Delta

[mm

]

Lref = 550 mm

Lref = 300 mm

A0014535

D   Distance from liquid surface to lower edge of the flangeDelta  Measuring error

If there are fast pressure changes, there may be an additional error, since the measuredreference distance is filtered with the time constant of the level measurement. In addition,non-equilibrium conditions - for example due to heating - may cause density gradientswithin the medium and condensation of steam at the probe. As a result, the level readingsat different locations inside the tank may vary slightly. Caused by this applicationinfluences the measuring error may be increased by a factor up to 2 to 3.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

108 Endress+Hauser

Calculation of the corrected distance

The position of the reference echo changes depending of the pressure. From this echoshift, Levelflex automatically calculates a correction factor for the microfactor (i. e. for thespeed of signal propagation). This factor is used to adjust the envelope curve and thus themeasured distance.

Owing to the correction of the microfactor, the corrected envelope curve is displayedin the operating tool in the case of an activated gas phase compensation.

C

D

A

B

B =C

DA

A0016191

33 Gas phase compensation with reference echo

A Position of the level echo in the original envelope curveB Position of the level echo in the adjusted envelope curveC Actual position of the reference echo (to be entered into the "Reference distance" parameter (→ 113))D Measured position of the reference echo

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 109

Constant gas phase compensation factorIf the properties of the gas phase (pressure, temperature, composition) do not change overthe time and are known, a gas phase compensation can also be performed without areference signal. Instead, a constant, user-defined correction factor is applied in this case.This factor is used to scale the envelope curve (and thus the measured echo distance).

A

B

B = FA

A0016192

34 Gas phase compensation with a constant correction factor F

A Position of the level echo in the original envelope curveB Position of the level echo in the corrected envelope curve.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

110 Endress+Hauser

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Gas phase comp.

‣ Gas phase compensation

GPC mode → 111

External pressure selector → 111

External pressure → 112

Gas phase compensation factor → 112

Present reference distance → 112

Reference distance → 113

Reference echo threshold → 113

Const. GPC factor → 113

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 111

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Gas phase comp.

GPC mode

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Gas phase comp. → GPC mode (1034)

Description Select gas phase compensation mode.

Selection • Off• On• Without correction• External correction 9)

• Const. GPC factor

Factory setting Off

Additional information Meaning of the options• Off

The gas phase compensation is deactivated.• On

This option can only be selected for probes with reference echo. The gas phasecompensation is calculated from the position of this reference echo. In FieldCare, thedisplayed envelope curve does already contain the correction.

• Without correctionThe correction factor is calculated from the reference echo but not applied to themeasurement. In FieldCare, the envelope curve is displayed without the correction. Thisoption is only used for diagnostic purposes and should not be selected in normalapplications.

• External correctionThe device receives the externally measured pressure through an AO block and uses ittogether with the gas phase compensation factor F to calculate the gas phasecompensation. The displayed envelope curve does already contain the correction.

• Const. GPC factorThe correction factor is a constant defined by the user. A reference echo is not needed. InFieldCare, the displayed envelope curve does already contain the correction.

External pressure selector

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Gas phase comp. → Ext. press.input (1073)

Prerequsite GPC mode (→ 111) = External correction

Description Allocate an AO block to the gas phase compensation. The externally measured pressure isread via this AO block.

9) Visibility depends on communication

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

112 Endress+Hauser

Selection • None• Analog output 1• Analog output 2• Analog output 3• Analog output 4

Factory setting None

External pressure

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Gas phase comp. → External press. (1233)

Prerequsite GPC mode (→ 111) = External correction

Description Indicates the measured pressure which is currently used for the gas phase compensation.

Gas phase compensation factor

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Gas phase comp. → Gas comp. factor (1209)

Prerequsite GPC mode (→ 111) = External correction

Description Define gas phase compensation factor F.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information Suitable value for saturated steam in the temperature range 100 to 350 °C (212 to 662 °F):

F = 0.00505 / bar

Present reference distance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Gas phase comp. → Pres. ref. dist. (1076)

Prerequsite GPC mode (→ 111) = On or Without correction

Description Displays the currently measured distance of the reference echo.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 113

Reference distance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Gas phase comp. → Reference dist. (1033)

Prerequsite GPC mode (→ 111) = On or Without correction

Description Enter actual distance of the reference echo.

User entry 0 to 200 m

Factory setting According to the probe

Reference echo threshold

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Gas phase comp. → Ref. echo thresh (1168)

Prerequsite GPC mode (→ 111) = On or Without correction

Description Define threshold for the reference echo.

User entry –999.0 to 999.0 mV

Factory setting –80 mV

Additional information • Only echoes exceeding the defined threshold are accepted as reference echo.• Positive reference echoes are not suited for Levelflex as they might be mistaken for the

level echo.

Const. GPC factor

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Gas phase comp. → Const.GPC factor (1217)

Prerequsite GPC mode (→ 111) = Const. GPC factor

Description Specify constant correction factor for the measured distance.

User entry 0.5 to 1.5

Factory setting 1

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

114 Endress+Hauser

4.4.10 "Sensor diagnostics" submenuThe Sensor diagnostics submenu comprises all parameters which contain informationabout the state of the probe and the HF cable.

Broken probe detectionIn the case of a broken probe caused by mechanical wear, a negative echo arises at thebreaking point. If the broken probe detection is active, the device looks for a signal of thistype and creates an error message if required.

The borken probe detection can only be used if an interference echo suppression(map) has been correctly recorded.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 115

Self checkThe Start self check (→ 117) and Result self check (→ 117) parameters are usedfor the proof-test which is required for SIL applications in regular intervals. For detailsrefer to the description of the test procedure C in the Functional Safety Manual SD00326F.

For the self check, a test signal is generated in the sensor module and fed onto the analogsignal path. The device software checks whether this test signal is within the admissibleamplitude and distance ranges. The result of the self check is displayed in the Result selfcheck parameter (→ 117).

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

116 Endress+Hauser

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Sensor diag.

‣ Sensor diagnostics

Broken probe detection → 117

Start self check → 117

Result self check → 117

Noise of signal → 118

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 117

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Sensor diag.

Broken probe detection

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Sensor diag. → Brok.probe detec (1032)

Description Switch the broken probe detection on or off.

Selection • Off• On

Factory setting Off

Additional information If the broken probe detection is switched on: As soon as a broken probe is detected, thedevice generates ana alarm and the diagnostic message Broken probe detected.

Start self check

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Sensor diag. → Start self check (1133)

Description Start a self check of the device.

Selection • No• Yes

Factory setting No

Additional information For the self check, a test signal is generated in the sensor module and fed onto the analogsignal path. The device software checks whether this test signal is within the admissibleamplitude and distance ranges. The result of the self check is displayed in the Result selfcheck parameter (→ 117).

The self check is used for the proof-test which is required for SIL applications inregular intervals. For details refer to the description of the test procedure C in theFunctional Safety Manual SD00326F.

Result self check

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Sensor diag. → Result selfcheck (1134)

Description Displays the result of the self check.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

118 Endress+Hauser

Additional information Meaning of the options• Ok

The self check has been passed.• Not ok

The self check failed.• Check not done

A self check has not been performed.

Noise of signal

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Sensor diag. → Noise of signal (1105)

Description Displays the noise of signal in the envelope curve

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 119

4.4.11 "Safety settings" submenuThe Safety settings submenu contains all parameters which determnine the behavior ofthe device in critical situations such as an echo loss or an undershooting of a user definedsafety distance.

Behavior in the case of an echo lossThe bahavior in case of an echo loss is defined in the Output echo lost parameter(→ 124). Depending on the selected option, suitable values must be selected in anumber of additional parameters:

Option selected in in "Output echo lost (→ 124)" Required additional parameters

Last valid value Delay time echo lost (→ 126)

Ramp at echo lost • Ramp at echo lost (→ 126)• Delay time echo lost (→ 126)

Value echo lost • Value echo lost (→ 124)• Delay time echo lost (→ 126)

Alarm 1)

1) The alarm bahavior ist defined in the submenus "Current output" (HART) or "Analog input" (PROFIBUS PA,FOUNDATION Fieldbus).

0L

t

E

1

2 3

A0016206

35 "Output echo lost (→ 124)" = "Last valid value"

1 Echo loss2 Delay time echo lost (→ 126)3 The last valid measured value is held.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

120 Endress+Hauser

0L

E

1

2

3

4

%

5

min

t

A0016207

36 "Output echo lost (→ 124)" = "Ramp at echo lost"

1 Echo loss2 "Delay time echo lost (→ 126)"3 For a positive ramp: The measured value is increased with a constant rate until it reaches the maximum value

(100%).4 For a negative ramp: The measured value is decreased with a constant rate until it reaches the minimum

value (0%).5 The ramp is specified as "percentage of the defined measuring span per minute".

0L

E

1

2

3

t

A0016208

37 "Output echo lost (→ 124)" = "Value echo lost"

1 Echo loss2 Delay time echo lost (→ 126)3 Value echo lost (→ 124)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 121

Safety distanceIn order to get a warning message if the level rises into the proximity of the upper blockingdistance, a safety distance can be defined in the Safety distance parameter (→ 127).

2

1

A0016210

38 Definition of the safety distance

1 Blocking distance (→ 102)2 Safety distance (→ 127)

The behavior of the device in case the level rises into the safety distance is defined in thefollowing parameters:

• In safety distance (→ 127)• Acknowledge alarm (→ 128)

0

L

E

S942

1

t

2

A0016211

39 "In safety distance" = "Alarm": If the safety distance is undershot, the device generates an alarm.

1 Safety distance (→ 127)2 Value defined in "Failure mode"

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

122 Endress+Hauser

0

L

E

1

t

S942

!

A0016212

40 "In safety distance" = "Warning": If the safety distance is undershot, the device continues measuring butnevertheless generates a warning.

1 Safety distance (→ 127)

0

L

E

S942

1

t

2

3

A0016213

41 "In safety distance" = "Self holding": If the safety distance is undershot, the device generates an alarm. Themeasurement is not resumed until this alarm has been acknowledged by the user.

1 Safety distance (→ 127)2 Value defined in "Failure mode"3 Acknowledge alarm (→ 128)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 123

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett.

‣ Safety settings

Output echo lost → 124

Value echo lost → 124

Diagnostics echo lost → 125

Status echo lost → 125

Ramp at echo lost → 126

Delay time echo lost → 126

Safety distance → 127

In safety distance → 127

Diagnostic in safety distance → 127

Status in safety distance → 128

Acknowledge alarm → 128

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

124 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett.

Output echo lost

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett. → Output echo lost (2307)

Description Define the behavior of the output signal in case of a lost echo.

Selection • Last valid value• Ramp at echo lost• Value echo lost• Alarm

Factory setting Last valid value

Additional information Meaning of the options• Last valid value

The last valid value is kept in the case of a lost echo.• Ramp at echo lost

In the case of a lost echo the output value is continously shifted towards 0% or 100%.The slope of the ramp is defined in the Ramp at echo lost parameter (→ 126).

• Value echo lostIn the case of a lost echo the output assumes the value defined in the Value echo lostparameter (→ 124).

• AlarmIn the case of a lost echo the device generates an alarm; see the Failure mode parameter

Value echo lost

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett. → Value echo lost (2316)

Prerequsite Output echo lost (→ 124) = Value echo lost

Description Define output value in case of a lost echo.

User entry 0 to 200 000.0 %

Factory setting 0.0 %

Additional information Use the unit which has been defined for the measured value output:• without linearization: Level unit (→ 67)• with linearization: Unit after linearization (→ 78)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 125

Diagnostics echo lost

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett. → Diagn. echo lost (1401)

Description Define diagnostic category in case of a lost echo.

Selection • Off• Maintenance required• Maintenance demanded• Maintenance alarm• Invalid process condition

Factory setting Invalid process condition

Additional information The diagnostic category (diagnostic bit) is not contained in the cyclic data telegram. ThePLC, however, can be parametrized in a way such that it requests the diagnostic bit everytime the status has changed. For details refer to "PROFIBUS Profile for Process ControlDevices, Version 3.02".

Status echo lost

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett. → Status echo lost (1416)

Description Define status in case of a lost echo.

Selection • Good• Good: Maintenance required (M)• Good: Maintenance demanded (M)• Uncertain: Maintenance demanded (M)• Bad: Maintenance alarm (F)• Uncertain: Process related/no maint. (S)• Bad: Process related/no maintenance (F)

Factory setting Depending on the Output echo lost parameter (→ 124)

Additional information Dependence on the "Output echo lost" parameter

Output echo lost (→ 124) Status echo lost (→ 125)

Last valid value Uncertain: Process related/no maint. (S)

Ramp at echo lost Uncertain: Process related/no maint. (S)

Value echo lost Uncertain: Process related/no maint. (S)

Alarm Bad: Process related/no maintenance (F)

The status is transmitted to the PLC as a part of the cyclic data telegram. For details referto "PROFIBUS Profile for Process Control Devices, Version 3.02".

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

126 Endress+Hauser

Ramp at echo lost

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett. → Ramp echo lost (2323)

Prerequsite Output echo lost (→ 124) = Ramp at echo lost

Description Define the slope of the ramp in the case of a lost echo.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0.0 %/min

Additional information

t

min

0%

100%

A

B

C

A0013269

A Delay time echo lost (→ 126)B Ramp at echo lost (→ 126) (positive value)C Ramp at echo lost (→ 126) (negative value)

• The unit for the slope of the ramp is "percentage of the measuring range per minute" (%/min).

• For a negative slope of the ramp: The measured value is continuously decreased until itreaches 0%.

• For a positive slope of the ramp: The measured value is continuosly increased until itreaches 100%.

Delay time echo lost

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett. → Delay echo lost (1193)

Description Define the delay in the case of an echo loss.

User entry 0 to 99 999.9 s

Factory setting 60.0 s

Additional information After an echo loss, the device waits for the time specified in this parameter before reactingas specified in the Output echo lost parameter (→ 124). This helps to avoidinterruptions of the measurement by short-term interferences.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 127

Safety distance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett. → Safety distance (1093)

Description Define safety distance.

User entry –200 to 200 m

Factory setting 0 m

Additional information The safety distance is measured from the reference point of the measurement (lower edgeof the flange or threaded connection). The safety distance can be used to generate awarning before the level rises into the blocking distance. The In safety distance parameter(→ 127) defines the reaction of the device if the level rises into the safety distance.

In safety distance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett. → In safety dist. (1018)

Description Define reaction if the level rises into the safety distance.

Selection • Off• Alarm• Warning• Self holding

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Meaning of the options• Off

No reaction if the level rises into the safety distance• Alarm

The device assumes the alarm state and generates the diagnostic message In safetydistance.

• WarningThe device assumes the warning state and generates the diagnostic message In safetydistance.

• Self holdingThe device assumes the defined alarm state. Additionally, the diagnostic message Insafety distance is generated. If the level drops out of the safety distance, the alarmremains active. The measurement is continued only after a reset of the self holding viathe Acknowledge alarm parameter (→ 128).

Diagnostic in safety distance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett. → Diag.safety dist (1415)

Description Define the diagnsotic category in case the safety distance is undershot.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

128 Endress+Hauser

Selection • Off• Maintenance required• Maintenance demanded• Maintenance alarm• Invalid process condition

Factory setting Invalid process condition

Additional information The diagnostic category (diagnostic bit) is not contained in the cyclic data telegram. ThePLC, however, can be parametrized in a way such that it requests the diagnostic bit everytime the status has changed. For details refer to "PROFIBUS Profile for Process ControlDevices, Version 3.02".

Status in safety distance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett. → Stat.safety dist (1417)

Description Define status in case the safety distance is undershot.

Selection • Good• Good: Maintenance required (M)• Good: Maintenance demanded (M)• Uncertain: Maintenance demanded (M)• Bad: Maintenance alarm (F)• Uncertain: Process related/no maint. (S)• Bad: Process related/no maintenance (F)

Factory setting Dependent on the In safety distance parameter (→ 127)

Additional information In safety distance (→ 127) Status in safety distance (→ 128)

Off -

Alarm Bad: Process related/no maintenance (F)

Warning Uncertain: Process related/no maint. (S)

Self holding pBad: Process related/no maintenance (F)

The status is transmitted to the PLC as a part of the cyclic data telegram. For details referto "PROFIBUS Profile for Process Control Devices, Version 3.02".

Acknowledge alarm

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Safety sett. → Acknowl. alarm (1130)

Prerequsite In safety distance (→ 127) = Self holding

Description Reset the self holding alarm of the device.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 129

Selection • No• Yes

Factory setting No

Additional information Meaning of the options• No

The alarm is not rest.• Yes

The alarm is reset. The measurement is resumed.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

130 Endress+Hauser

4.4.12 "Envelope curve" submenuThe Envelope curve submenu (→ 131) is only available on the display module(not in FieldCare). It is used to display the envelope curve on the display module.When operating via FieldCare, the envelope curve can be displayed in the envelopecurve editor (Device Operation → Device Functions → Additional Functions →Envelope Curve).

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 131

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Env. curve

Envelope curve

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Env. curve → Env. curve (1207)

Description Define which curves are included in the envelope curve display on the display module.

Selection • Envelope curve• Envelope + Map• Subtracted + Threshold• Envelope + Ref.

Factory setting Envelope curve

Additional information The display of the selected curve is called up as follows:

E

A0014279

To quit the envelope curve display, press the "+" and "-" keys simultaneously.

When operating via FieldCare, the envelope curve can be displayed in the envelopecurve editor (Device Operation → Device Functions → Additional Functions →Envelope Curve).

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

132 Endress+Hauser

4.4.13 "Mapping" submenuThe mapping is used to suppress static interference signals which may be generatet byinternal tank or silo fittings. A mapping curve, representing the envelope curve of anempty tank or silo as precisely as possible, is used for the mapping.

Mapping curve and subtracted curveAfter a mapping, the signal evaluation does not use the envelope curve but the subtractedcurve, instead:

Subtracted curve = Envelope curve - Mapping curve

A B C

41 2

3

5

6

A0017065

42 Mapping and subtracted curve

1 Interference echo2 Level echo3 End-of-probe echo4 Envelope curve5 Mapping curve6 Subtracted curveA Internal area (Z distances)B Level areaC End-of-probe area (EOP)

Static mapThe static map is typically used for rod and coax probes. It is recorded during thecommissioning. It is essential that the probe is completely uncovered when recording themap.

When recording a new static envelope curve, the previous curve is deleted.

Dynamic mapThe dynamic map is, for example, used for probes with a reference signal for gas phasecompensation. In the case of a static map this reference signal would be suppresed andwould no longer be visible in the subtracted curve.

Before the dynamic mapping curve can be used, a static map - if present - must be deleted.

The dynamic map continuously adjusts itself to the changing conditions within the vessel.An averaging width of 1 500 mm (60 in) is used for this. This prevents the dynamic mapfrom suppressing the acutal level echo.

Combined mapIf it is not possible to record the map with the probe being completely uncovered (e.g.because the vessel can not be completely emptied during the commissioning procedure), acombined map can be used instead. In this case, a static map is only recorded for the upperpart of the probe (defined by the Mapping end point parameter (→ 139)). In the

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 133

lower part, a dynamic map is used. Both curves are connected by an interpolation area toensure a smooth transition.

-60

300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100

-40

-20

0

20

40

60

80

100

1C

B

A

2

3

A0017067

43 Combined mapping curve

1 Envelope curve2 Mapping curve3 Subtracted curveA Static areaB Transition area (interpolation)C Dynamic area

The initial mapAn initial map is stored in the device. This map is active under the following conditions:• if no static map has been recorded,• if the static map has been deactivated,• if the static map has been deleted.

The form of the initial map depends on a number of settings of the basic calibration and isdesigned to suppress typical interferences in the upper part of the probe. It can not bechanged by the user.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

134 Endress+Hauser

Structure of the submenu on the local display

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Mapping

‣ Mapping

‣ Mapping → 135

Confirm distance → 138

Mapping end point → 139

Record map → 140

Distance → 136

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 135

Structure of the submenu in an operating tool

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Mapping

"Mapping" submenu

‣ Mapping

Distance → 136

Interface distance → 137

Confirm distance → 138

Present mapping → 139

Mapping end point → 139

Record map → 140

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

136 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Mapping

Distance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Mapping → Distance (1124)

Description Displays the measured distance DL between the reference point (lower edge of the flangeor threaded connection) and the level.

Additional information

DL

A0013198

44 Distance for liquid measurements

DL

DL

A0013199

45 Distance for interface measurements

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 137

DL

A0013201

46 Distance for bulk solid measurements

The unit is defined in the Distance unit parameter (→ 52).

Interface distance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Mapping → Interface dist. (1067)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays the measured distance DI between the reference point (lower edge of flange orthreaded connection) and the interface.

Additional information

DI

DI

A0013202

The unit is defined in the Distance unit parameter (→ 52).

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

138 Endress+Hauser

Confirm distance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Mapping → Confirm distance (1045)

Description Specify, whether the measured distance matches the real distance.

Depending on the selection the device automatically sets the range of mapping.

Selection • Manual map• Distance ok• Distance unknown• Distance too small 10)

• Distance too big 10)

• Tank empty• Delete map

Factory setting Distance unknown

Additional information Meaning of the options• Manual map

To be selected if the range of mapping is to be defined manually in the Mapping endpoint parameter (→ 139). In this case it is not necessary to confirm the distance.

• Distance okTo be selected if the measured distance matches the actual distance. The deviceperforms a mapping.

• Distance unknownTo be selected if the actual distance is unknown. A mapping can not be performed in thiscase.

• Distance too smallTo be selected if the measured distance is smaller than the actual distance. The devicesearches for the next echo and returns to the Confirm distance parameter. The distanceis recalculated and displayed. The comparison must be repeated until the displayeddistance matches the actual distance. After this, the recording of the map can be startedby selecting Distance ok.

10) Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 139

• Distance too big 11)

To be selected if the measured distance exceeds the actual distance. The device adjuststhe signal evaluation and returns to the Confirm distance parameter. The distance isrecalculated and displayed. The comparison must be repeated until the displayeddistance matches the actual distance. After this, the recording of the map can be startedby selecting Distance ok.

• Tank emptyTo be selected if the tank is completely empty. The device records a mapping coveringthe complete measuring range.

• Factory mapTo be selected if the present mapping curve (if one exists) is to be deleted. The devicereturns to the Confirm distance parameter and a new mapping can be recorded.

When operating via the display module, the measured distance is displayed togetherwith this parameter for reference purposes.

For interface measurements the distance always refers to the toatal level (not theinterface level).

For FMP55 with rope probes and Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface withcapacitance the mapping must be recorded with the tank being empty, and the Tankempty option must be selected. Otherwise the device can not register the correctempty capacitance.

For FMP55 with coax probes a mapping must be recorded at least in the upper part ofthe probe, as tightening the flange has an influence on the envelope curve. However,even with coax probes it is recommended to record the mapping with the tank beingcompletely empty (and selecting the Tank empty option).

If the teaching procedure with the Distance too small option or the Distance too bigoption is quit before the distance has been confirmed, a map is not recorded and theteaching procedure is reset after 60 s.

For FMP54 with gas phase compensation (product structure: feature 540 "ApplicationPackage", option EF or EG) a map must not be recorded.

Present mapping

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Mapping → Present mapping (1182)

Description Indicates up to which distance a mapping has already been recorded.

Mapping end point

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Mapping → Map. end point (1022)

Prerequsite Confirm distance (→ 138) = Manual map or Distance too small

Description Specify new end of the mapping.

User entry 0 to 200 000.0 m

11) Only available for "Expert → Sensor → Echo tracking → Evaluation mode parameter (→ 150)" = "Short time history" or "Long time history"

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

140 Endress+Hauser

Factory setting 0.1 m

Additional information This parameter defines up to which distance the new mapping is to be recorded. Thedistance is measured from the reference point, i.e. from the lower edge of the mountingflange or the threaded connection.

For reference purposes the Present mapping parameter (→ 139) is displayedtogether with this parameter. It indicates up to which distance a mapping has alreadybeen recorded.

Record map

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Mapping → Record map (1069)

Prerequsite Confirm distance (→ 138) = Manual map or Distance too small

Description Start recording of the map.

Selection • No• Record map• Delete map

Factory setting No

Additional information Meaning of the options• No

The map is not recorded.• Record map

The map is recorded. After the recording is completed, the new measured distance andthe new mapping range appear on the display. When operating via the local display,these values must be confirmed by pressing .

• Delete mapThe mapping (if one exists) is deleted and the device displays the recalculated measureddistance and the mapping range. When operating via the local display, these values mustbe confirmed by pressing .

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 141

4.4.14 "EOP evaluation" submenuAs an alternative to evaluating the direct level signal, Levelflex can calculate the level viathe shift of the end-of-probe signal (EOP). Details on the EOP evaluation are configured inthe EOP evaluation submenu.

Shift of the end-of-probe signal (EOP)

L

A

A0017696

47 Shift of the end-of-probe signal (EOP) depending on the level

A EOP shiftL Level

When evaluating the end-of-probe signal, you make use of the fact that electromagneticpulses propagate more slowly in a medium than in air. As a consequence the end-of-probesignal moves downwards when the level is increased. By inverting this relationship onecan calculate the level L from the end-of-probe shift A:

L = A / (SQRT (DK) - 1)

Where DC is the dielectric constant of the medium.

If both, the level signal and the end-of-probe signal are known, the dielectric constant DCcan be calculated:

DK = (A/L + 1)2

The calcluated DC value is displayed in the Calculated DC value parameter (→ 61).

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

142 Endress+Hauser

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Sensor → EOP evaluation

‣ EOP evaluation

EOP search mode → 143

EOP shift → 143

DC value → 144

Calculated DC value → 145

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 143

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → EOP evaluation

EOP search mode

Navigation Expert → Sensor → EOP evaluation → EOP search mode (1026)

Prerequsite Operating mode parameter (→ 52) = Level

Description Select method for the detection of the end-of-probe signal.

Selection • Empty recognition only• Negative EOP• Positive EOP• Negative EOP high resolution

Factory setting Negative EOP

Additional information Meaning of the options• Empty recognition only

Positive and negative end-of-probe signals are searched for. However, the level is notcalculated from the end-of-probe signal.– If no level signal is present and if the end-of-probe signal is within the range defined

in the EOP range upper area parameter, the level is set to 0%, which means an emptytank or silo is assumed.

– If no level signal is present and if the end-of-probe-signal is beyond the range definedin the EOP range upper area parameter, an echo loss is reported.

• Negative EOPOnly negative end-of-probe signals are searched for. This is the correct option if theprobe end is connected to ground.

• Positive EOPOnly positive end-of-probe signals are searched for. This is the correct option if the endof the probe is insulated.

• Negative EOP high resolutionThe resolution at the end of the probe is improved by a deconvolution algorithm. This isonly possible if the end-of-probe postion in the case of an empty tank has been stored byselecting the Tank empty option in the Confirm distance parameter (→ 138).

EOP shift

Navigation Expert → Sensor → EOP evaluation → EOP shift (1027)

Prerequsite EOP level evaluation ≠ Off

Description Displays the current shift of the end-of-probe signal as compared to the empty vessel.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

144 Endress+Hauser

DC value

Navigation Expert → Sensor → EOP evaluation → DC value (1201)

Description • For level measurements:Specify dielectric constant εr.

• For interface measurements:Specify dielectric constant εr of the upper medium.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Dependent on the following parameters:• Operating mode (→ 52)• Medium property (→ 59)• Medium type (→ 58)• Bin type (→ 53)or Tank type (→ 53)

Additional information Dependence of the factory settings on other parameters

For "Operating mode" = "Level"

Medium property(→ 59)

Medium type(→ 58)

Bin type (→ 53) or Tank type (→ 53) DC value

Unknown Solid Bin type (→ 53)• Aluminium• Plastic wood

1.9

Bin type (→ 53)• Concrete• Metallic

1.6

Liquid Tank type (→ 53)Coaxial

1.4

Any other tank type 1.9

DC 1.4 ... 1.6 Solid Bin type (→ 53)• Concrete• Aluminium• Plastic wood

1.6

Bin type (→ 53)Metallic

1.4

Liquid Tank type (→ 53)• Non metallic• Mounted outside

1.6

Any other tank type 1.4

DC 1.6 ... 1.9 1.6

DC 1.9 ... 2.5 1.9

DC 2.5 ... 4 2.5

DC 4 ... 7 4

DC 7 ... 15 7

DC > 15 15

For "Operating mode" = "Interface with capacitance" or "Interface":DC value = 1.9

As the value defines the echo threshold, it may not exceed the actual DC of themedium. Dielectric constants above DC = 15 have only a very limited influence on theecho threshold.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 145

Calculated DC value

Navigation Expert → Sensor → EOP evaluation → Calc. DC value (1118)

Prerequsite EOP level evaluation = Automatic DC

Description • For level measurements:Displays calculated dielectric constant εr.

• For interface measurements:Displays calculated dielectric constant εr or the upper medium.

Additional information The exact meaning of this parameter is dependent on further settings:• Operating mode (→ 52) = Level:

Displays the dielectric constant which is calculated from the end-of-probe signal and thelevel 12)

• Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance:– For Interface property (→ 161) = Special: automatic DC:

Automatically calculated DC of the upper medium– In any other case:

Identical to the DC value parameter (→ 60)

12) The correct calculation of the dielectric constant is only possible for media with a small dielectric constant and weak signal damping, for whichthe level signal and the end-of-probe signal can be evaluated simultaneously. Among these media are for example oil, solvents and syntheticgranules.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

146 Endress+Hauser

4.4.15 "Echo tracking" submenuThe echo tracking algorithm takes into account the change in time of the individual echoeswhen evaluating the envelope curve. This improves the allocation of the echoes to the levelor interface signal. Different types of echo tracking can be selected in the Evaluationmode parameter (→ 150). A number of further parameters is used to configure theecho tracking more precisely.

"Evaluation mode" = "History off"The envelope curve is evaluated statically.

"Evaluation mode" = "Short time history"The static envelope curve evalauation is taken as a starting point.

The position of the individual echoes is tracked. The track contains the position, thevelocity, the relative and the absolute echo amplitude. Normally the strongest echo withina search window is selected and allocated to the track.

A

D

D1

D2

D3

t1

t2

t3

A a

aA

D

t

D1

t1

t2

t3

D2

D3

D

D

A0018587

48 Definition of a track: In a new envelope curve, the echo is searched for in a window of width "a" centeredaround the echo position in the previous envelope curve. The change of the echo position in the course oftime defines the track.

In this evaluation mode it is possible to activate the moving track recognition (Movingtrack recognition parameter).

The moving track recognition is used to distinguish the level echo from interferenceechoes. It makes use of the fact that an echo which moves in one direction for acertain time is likely to be the level echo. Interference echoes, on the other hand,normally stay at the same position within the envelope curve.

If the moving track recognition is switched on, this distinction is used as an additionalcriterion to identify the level echo.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 147

"Evaluation mode" = "Long time history"The Long time history option is not available for interface measurements.

A so-called tank history is used for the determination of the level and a consistency checkof the echoes.

For a given tank with a given medium, the positions of the level, interface, multiple andend-of-probe or tank bottom echoes are in a defined relation to each other. Thisrelationship is recorded during the operation of the device and stored in the tank history.On the basis of this tank history, echoes can be reliably allocated, even if one echo is losttemporarily or if the device was switched off for a while.

Schematic exmaples

[mV]1 2

3

6

5 4

D0

D1

D1

A0017728

49 Example 1: Tank history with interference echo and end of probe echo (small DC values)

D0 Actual level distanceD1 Distance of the signal in the envelope curve1 Level echo2 Interference echo3 End-of-probe echo4 Track "End-of-probe echo" (stored in the tank history)5 Track "Level echo" (stored in the tank history)6 Track "Interference echo" (stored in the tank history)

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

148 Endress+Hauser

[mV] 12

3

4

D0

D1

D1

A0017729

50 Example 2: Tank history with a multiple echo (large DC values)

D0 Actual level distanceD1 Distance of the signal in the envelope curve1 Level echo2 Multiple echo3 Track "Multiple echo" (stored in the tank history)4 Track "Level echo" (stored in the tank history)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 149

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Echo tracking

‣ Echo tracking

Evaluation mode → 150

History reset → 150

History learning control → 151

History learning → 151

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

150 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Echo tracking

Evaluation mode

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Echo tracking → Evaluation mode (1112)

Description Select evaluation mode for echo tracking.

Selection • History off• Short time history• Long time history 13)

Factory setting • For level measurements:Long time history

• For interface measurements:Short time history

• Exceptions:– For FMP54 and any FMP5x with center washer:

Short time history– For Tank type (→ 53) = Bypass / pipe:

Short time history– If the gas phase compensation is active, i.e. GPC mode (→ 111) ≠ Off:

History off– For Process property (→ 54) = Very fast > 100 m (333 ft) /h or No filter / test:

History off

Additional information Meaning of the options• History off

The envelope curve is evaluated only statically.• Short time history

In addition to the static algorithms a dynamic echo trace is continuously created.• Long time history

(Only available for level measurements)In addition to the static algorithms and the dynamic echo trace a tank trace iscontinuously generated. Using the tank trace the device can determine the level even ifthe level echo ist lost temporarily.

• The Long time history option is not available for interface measurements.• The Long time history option is not recommended if there are substantial changes

of the medium or process conditions within a short period of time (e.g. in the caseof changing dielectric constants or boiling media).

History reset

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Echo tracking → History reset (1145)

Description Reset history of the echo and tank tracking.

13) Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 151

Selection • Reset done• Restart echo tracking• Delete history

Factory setting Reset done

Additional information Meaning of the options• Reset done

Does not initiate an action but is only a display option. It is displayed as soon as the resetoperation has been accomplished.

• Restart echo trackingThe echo tracking is reset. The tank trace, however, is maintained.

• Delete history– The echo tracking and tank trace are reset.– Additionally for Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface with capacitance:

All calibrations are reset.

History learning control

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Echo tracking → Hist. learn.ctrl (1074)

Prerequsite Device with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description Select DO block to be used for starting and stopping the recording of the track.

Selection • None• Digital output 1• Digital output 2• Digital output 3• Digital output 4

Factory setting None

History learning

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Echo tracking → History learning (1094)

Prerequsite Device with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Description Start or stop the recording of the echo track.

Selection • Off• On

Factory setting On

Additional information This parameter is only relevant for History learning control (→ 151) = Manual.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

152 Endress+Hauser

4.4.16 "Interface" submenuWith Levelflex, there are two types of interface measurement which can be selected in theOperating mode parameter (→ 52):

Operating mode(→ 52)

Evaluated signals available for Description

Interface Signal of the guidedradar

• FMP51• FMP52• FMP54• FMP55

(Verweisziel existiert nicht, [email protected]='true')

Interface withcapacitance

• Signal of the guidedradar

• Measuredcapacitance

FMP55 (Verweisziel existiert nicht, [email protected]='true')

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 153

Interface measurement with guided radar (without capacitance measurement)

Basic principles

When the high-frequency pulses hit the surface of the medium, only a percentage of thetransmission pulse is reflected. In the case of media A with a low dielectric constant εA, inparticular, the other part penetrates the medium. The pulse is reflected once more at theinterface point to a second medium, B, with a higher dielectrdic constant εB. Thus, theenvelope curve contains a level echo D1 as well as an interface echo D2.

When evaluating the interface echo, Levelflex must take into account the fact thatelectromagnetic pulses propagate slower in a medium than in air. Therefore, the interfaceecho appears shifted into the direction of larger distances. Using the dielectric constant ofthe upper medium, Levelflex can automatically compensate for this shift:

BA

D1

DA D = DA 1

D = D + (D2 - D1)/B 1 Ae

D2

DB

A0018586

51 Interface measurement with the guided radar

If an interface measurement is activated, Evaluation mode (→ 150) = Short timehistory is the only option. The Long time history option can not be used incombination with an interface meaurement.

Prerequisites for an interface measurement

• The dielectric constant of the upper medium must be constant and known.• Dielectric constant of the upper medium: εA ≤ 10• Dielectric constant of the lower medium: εB ≥ εA + 10

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

154 Endress+Hauser

Tank level

For interface measurements it is important whether the container is partially filled or fullyflooded. This must be specified by the user in the Tank level parameter (→ 161) :

1

2

UB

A0013173

1 Partially filled2 Fully floodedUB Blocking distance (→ 102)

• Tank level (→ 161) = Partially filledIn this case the device looks for two signals: the interface echo and the level echo; ifrequired, the end-of-probe signal is used for signal evaluation, too → 141.

• Tank level (→ 161) = Fully floodedThis is typically used for bypass applications. In this case, the device searches for theinterface echo only; if required, the end-of-probe signal is used for signal evaluation, too→ 141. If this option is selected, the total level must always be within the upperblocking distance (UB) in order to avoid that it is mistaken for the interface signal.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 155

Interface measurement with guided level radar and capacitance measurementWith Levelflex FMP55, the probe can not only be used for a guided radar measurement,but for a simultaneous capacitance measurement as well. This enables interfacemeasurements even if the interface echo is lost temporarily (e.g. due to foam or emulsion).

Basic principles of the capacitance level measurement

C0

R

C

A0018585

52 Capacitance level measurementC0 = Empty capacitanceC = Capacitance of the (partially) filledtank

The principle of capacitance level measurement is based on the change in capacitance ofthe capacitor due to the change in the level. The probe and container wall (conductivematerial) form an electric capacitor. When the probe is in air, a certain low initialcapacitance is measured. When the container is filled, the capacitance of the capacitorincreases the more the probe is covered.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

156 Endress+Hauser

"Interface property" = "Standard"

Basic idea

The capacitance measurement is used to calcluate the interface in the case of an echo loss.

Requirements concerning the upper medium (A)

• Conductivity sA < 1 μS/cm• The dielectric constant εA must not change and must be known.• Value of the dielectric constant: 1.4 < εA < 10

Voraussetzungen an das untere Medium (B)

• Conductivity sB > 100 μS/cm• Dielectric constant: εB ≥ εA + 10

The factory setting for the dielectric constant of the lower medium is εB = 80. This isthe value for water. If the lower medium is no water, its dielectric constant must bespecified in theDC value lower medium parameter (→ 59).

Installation

• The measurement requires a coaxial measuring system. This can be achieved by a stillingwell, a bypass or a coax probe.

• In the case of a rope or rod probe, the tank must be empty on commissioning and amapping curve must be recorded with the tank being empty. To do so, select Confirmdistance (→ 138) = Tank empty. This automatically calibrates the emptycapacitance of the rope or rod probe.

• Build-up formation should be avoided.

Signal evaluation

• As long as both echos of the guided radar (level and interface) are found:– HA and HB are calculated from the guided level radar.– HA, HB and the measured capacitance C are used to recalculate the factors a and b

continuously (more precisely: The thickness of the insulation is calculated from whicha and b can be derived by a simple mathematical operation.)

• If the interface echo is lost:HA is calculated from the measured capacitance and the last values of a and b.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 157

"Interface property" = "Build up"

Basic idea

A comparison of the measuring results from the guided radar and the capacitancemeasurement shows whether build-up is present at the probe.

Requirements concerning the upper medium (A)

• Conductivity sA < 1 μS/cm• The dielectric constant εA must not change and must be known.• Value of the dielectric constant: 1.4 < εA < 10

Requirements concerning the lower medium (B)

• Conductivity sB > 100 μS/cm• Dielectric constant: εB ≥ εA + 10

The factory setting for the dielectric constant of the lower medium is εB = 80. This isthe value for water. If the lower medium is no water, its dielectric constant must bespecified in the DC value lower medium parameter (→ 59).

Installation

• The measurement requires a coaxial measuring system. This can be achieved by a stillingwell, a bypass or a coax probe.

• In the case of a rope or rod probe, the tank must be empty on commissioning and amapping curve must be recorded with the tank being empty. To do so, select Confirmdistance (→ 138) = Tank empty. This automatically calibrates the emptycapacitance of the rope or rod probe.

Signalauswertung

The interface distance is independently calculated from the guided radar and from thecapacitance. The relative deviation of these two distances is calculated:

QD = (DI,TDR - DI,C) / DI

QD is displayed in the Build-up ratio parameter (→ 163).

If the absolute value of QD exceeds a predefined limit (defined in the Build-up thres.parameter (→ 163)), the diagnostic message Build-up detected is generated.

If the interface echo is lost (e.g. due to an emulsion layer), the interface height iscalculated from the capcitance measurement.

The diagnostic message Build-up detected may also occur if the dielectric constant ofthe upper medium changes. It is crucial for the measurement that the exact values ofthe upper and the lower dielectric constants are entered:

• DC value (→ 60)• DC value lower medium (→ 59)

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

158 Endress+Hauser

"Interface property" = "Oil/Water condensate"

Basic idea

In the case of an emulsion layer, the interface echo is strongly attenuated and may evencompletely disappear. Therefore, if this option is selected, the interface height is alwayscalculated from the measured capacitance.

Requirements concerning the upper medium (A)

• Conductivity sA < 1 μS/cm• The dielectric constant εA must not change and must be known.• Value of the dielectric constant: 1.4 < εA < 10

Requirements concerning the lower medium (B)

• Conductivity sB > 100 μS/cm• Dielectric constant: εB ≥ εA + 10

The factory setting for the dielectric constant of the lower medium is εB = 80. This isthe value for water. If the lower medium is no water, its dielectric constant must bespecified in the DC value lower medium parameter (→ 59).

Installation

• The measurement requires a coaxial measuring system. This can be achieved by a stillingwell, a bypass or a coax probe.

• In the case of a rope or rod probe, the tank must be empty on commissioning and amapping curve must be recorded with the tank being empty. To do so, select Confirmdistance (→ 138) = Tank empty. This automatically calibrates the emptycapacitance of the rope or rod probe.

• Any build-up formation must be avoided in order to ensure the reliabilty of thecapacitance measurement.

Signalauswertung

The total level is always calculated from the guided radar signal. The interface level isalways calculated from the measured capacitance and the total level.

It is crucial for the measurement that the exact values of the upper and the lowerdielectric constants are entered:

• DC value (→ 60)• DC value lower medium (→ 59)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 159

"Interface property" = "Special: automatic DC"

Basic idea

The capacitance measurement is used to continuously recalculate the dielectric constant ofthe upper medium. In this way ist is possible to measure processes with a changingdielectric constant.

This evaluation mode is very sensitive to errors in the radar or capacitancemeasurement. Errors of this type may be caused by a wrong grounding, a wronginterference echo suppression, a free-field installation of a rope probe, or build-upformation, for example. These errors result in a wrong dielectric constant and thus inwrong level values.

Requirements concerning the upper medium (A)

• Conductivity sA < 1 μS/cm• Value of the dielectric constant: 1.4 < εA < 10

Requirements concerning the lower medium (B)

• Conductivity sB > 100 μS/cm• Dielectric constant: εB ≥ εA + 10

The factory setting for the dielectric constant of the lower medium is εB = 80. This isthe value for water. If the lower medium is no water, its dielectric constant must bespecified in the DC value lower medium parameter (→ 59).

Process requirements

• The thickness of the upper medium must be at least 300 mm (12 in) throughout theprocess.

• The level and interface echoes must be detectable throughout the process.• An interference echo suppression must be performed during commissioning.• There must be no build-up at the probe.

Installation

• The measurement requires a coaxial measuring system. This can be achieved by a stillingwell, a bypass or a coax probe.

• In the case of a rope or rod probe, the tank must be empty on commissioning and amapping curve must be recorded with the tank being empty. To do so, select Confirmdistance (→ 138) = Tank empty. This automatically calibrates the emptycapacitance of the rope or rod probe.

Signal evaluation

The level and the interface echo as well as the measured capcitance are used to calculatethe dielectric constant of the upper medium, which is than used in turn to calculate thelevel and the total and interface level.

Small changes of the dielectric constant (e.g. from 2.2 to 2.3) can not be compensatedby the algorithm. It is only useful in the case of larger changes, e.g. from 2 to 6.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

160 Endress+Hauser

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Interface

‣ Interface

Tank level → 161

Interface property → 161

Interface criterion → 163

Measured capacitance → 163

Build-up ratio → 163

Build-up thres. → 163

Empty capacitance → 164

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 161

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Interface

Tank level

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Interface → Tank level (1111)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface

Description Specify whether the tank or bypass is completely flooded or not.

Selection • Partially filled• Fully flooded

Factory setting Partially filled

Additional information Meaning of the options• Partially filled

The device searches for 2 echo signals, one for the interface and one for the total level.• Fully flooded

The device searches for the interface level only. With this setting it is essential that theupper level signal always is within the upper blocking distance (UB) in order to avoidthat it is evaluated by mistake.

1

2

UB

A0013173

1 Partially filled2 Fully floodedUB Upper blocking distance

Interface property

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Interface → Interface prop. (1107)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface with capacitance

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

162 Endress+Hauser

Description Select interface property.

The interface property determines how the Guided Radar and the CapacitanceMeasurement interact.

Selection • Special: automatic DC• Build up• Standard• Emulsion layer

Factory setting Standard

Additional information Meaning of the options• Special: automatic DC

– Condition:The specific capacitance (pF/m) is known. 14)

– Signal evaluation:As long as a clear interface is detected, both the total and the interface level aredetermined via the Guided Radar. The dielectric constant of the upper medium iscontinuously adjusted. If an emulsion layer is present, the total level is determined viathe Guided Radar whereas the interface level is determined via the CapacitanceMeasurement.

• Build up– Condition:

The dielectric constant of the upper medium and the specific capacitance (pF/m) areknown. 14)

– Signal evaluation:As long as a clear interface is detected, the interface level is determined via the GuidedRadar as well as via the Capacitance Measurement. If these two values start to divergefrom each other due to build-up formation, an error message is generated. If anemulsion layer is present, the total level is determined via the Guided Radar whereasthe interface level is determined via the Capacitance Measurement.

• Standard– Condition:

The dielectric constant of the upper medium is known.– Signal evaluation:

As long as a clear interface is detected, the specific capacitance (pF/m) is continuouslyadjusted. Therefore build-up has only little influence on the measurement. If anemulsion layer is present, the total level is determined via the Guided Radar whereasthe interface level is determined via the Capacitance Measurement.

• Oil/Water condensate– Condition:

The dielectric constant of the upper medium and the specific capacitance (pF/m) areknown. 14)

– Signal evaluation:The total level is always determined via the Guided Radar. The interface level is alwaysdetermined via the Capacitance Measurement.

14) The specific capacitance of the media depends on the DC value and the geometry of the probe, which may differ noticeably. For rod probes < 2 m,the probe geometry is measured after production and the resulting specific capacitance for conductive media is preset on delivery.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 163

Interface criterion

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Interface → Int. criterion (1184)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays the threshold (in mV) for the recognition of the interface signal.

Measured capacitance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Interface → Measur. cap. (1066)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface with capacitance

Description Displays the measured capacitance (pF).

Build-up ratio

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Interface → Build-up ratio (1210)

Prerequsite Interface property (→ 161) = Build up

Description Indicates the relative deviation between the interface distance measured by the radar andthe capacitance, respectively.

Additional information Formula by which this value is calculated:

| (DRadar - DCapa) / DRadar |

If this ratio exceeds the value defined in the Build-up thres. parameter (→ 163), anerror message is generated.

Build-up thres.

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Interface → Build-up thres. (1211)

Prerequsite Interface property (→ 161) = Build up

Description Define threshold for build-up detection.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0.1

Additional information If the Build-up ratio parameter (→ 163) exceeds the value specified in this parameter,the corresponding error message is generated.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

164 Endress+Hauser

Empty capacitance

Navigation Expert → Sensor → Interface → Empty capacitan. (1122)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface with capacitance

Description Specify capacitance for the empty tank.

User entry 0.0 to 10 000.0 pF

Factory setting 0.0 pF

Additional information Normally, the device determines the empty capacitance automatically if duringcommissioning Confirm distance (→ 138) = Tank empty is selected. In exceptionalcases - if emptying the tank during commissioning is impossible - a calculated value can beentered manually.

Calculation of the empty capacitance

1. Read the empty capacitance per meter from the diagram.

2. Multiply the read value by the length of the probe.

3. Add the result to the basic capacitance of the device according to the following table:

Device version Basic capacitance

Compact device 29.5 pF

Feature 600 "Probe Design", option model MB "Sensor remote, 3m/9ft cable, detachable+mounting bracket"

278.4 pF

55

45

35

25

50

40

30

20

40

(1.5

7)

80

(3

.15

)

90

(3

.54

)

12

0 (

4.7

2)

13

0 (

5.1

2)

16

0 (

6.3

)

17

0 (

6.6

9)

20

0 (

7.8

7)

50

(1

.97

)

60

(2

.36

)

70

(2

.76

)

10

0 (

3.9

4)

11

0 (

4.3

3)

14

0 (

5.5

1)

15

0 (

5.9

1)

18

0 (

7.0

9)

19

0 (

7.4

8)

K [pF/m]

D [mm (in)]

52.7

43.5

38.0

34.4

31.8

28.2

20.921.7

22.824.1

25.8

A0023504

53 Empty capacitance per meter according to bypass or stilling well diameter

D Bypass or stilling well diameterK Capacitance per meter

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 165

4.5 "Output" submenuThe Output submenu contains all parameters needed to configure the current and switchoutputs.

4.5.1 Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Output

‣ Output

‣ Switch output → 166

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

166 Endress+Hauser

4.5.2 "Switch output" submenuThe Switch output submenu is used to configure the switch output of the device.

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output

‣ Switch output

Switch output function → 167

Assign diagnostic behavior → 167

Assign limit → 168

Switch-on value → 168

Switch-off value → 169

Assign status → 170

Switch-on delay → 170

Switch-off delay → 171

Failure mode → 171

Switch status → 171

Invert output signal → 171

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 167

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output

Switch output function

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output → Switch out funct (0481)

Description Select function for switch output.

Selection • Off• On• Diagnostic behavior• Limit• Digital Output

Factory setting Off

Additional information Meaning of the options• Off

The output is always open (non-conductive).• On

The output is always closed (conductive).• Diagnostic behavior

The output is normally closed and is only opened if a diagnostic event is present. TheAssign diagnostic behavior parameter (→ 167) determines for which type of eventthe output is opened.

• LimitThe output is normally closed and is only opened if a measured variable exceeds or fallsbelow a defined limit. The limit values are defined by the following parameters:– Assign limit (→ 168)– Switch-on value (→ 168)– Switch-off value (→ 169)

• Digital OutputThe switching state of the output tracks the output value of a DI function block. Thefunction block is selected in the Assign status parameter (→ 170).

The Off and On options can be used to simulate the switch output.

Assign diagnostic behavior

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output → Assign diag. beh (0482)

Prerequsite Switch output function (→ 167) = Diagnostic behavior

Description Select diagnostic behavior for switch output.

Selection • Alarm• Alarm or warning• Warning

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

168 Endress+Hauser

Factory setting Alarm

Assign limit

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output → Assign limit (0483)

Prerequsite Switch output function (→ 167) = Limit

Description Select process variable for limit monitoring.

Selection • Off• Level linearized• Distance• Interface linearized 15)

• Interface distance 15)

• Thickness upper layer 15)

• Terminal voltage• Electronic temperature• Measured capacitance 15)

• Relative echo amplitude• Relative interface amplitude 15)

• Absolute echo amplitude• Absolute interface amplitude 15)

Factory setting Off

Switch-on value

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output → Switch-on value (0466)

Prerequsite Switch output function (→ 167) = Limit

Description Enter measured value for the switch-on point.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information The switching behavior depends on the relative position of the Switch-on value andSwitch-off value parameters:

Switch-on value > Switch-off value– The output is closed if the measured value is larger than Switch-on value.– The output is opened if the measured value is smaller than Switch-off value.

15) Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 169

t

t

A

B

C

D

A0015585

A Switch-on valueB Switch-off valueC Output closed (conductive)D Output opened (non-conductive)

Switch-on value < Switch-off value– The output is closed if the measured value is smaller than Switch-on value.– The output is opened if the measured value is larger than Switch-off value.

t

t

B

A

C

D

A0015586

A Switch-on valueB Switch-off valueC Output closed (conductive)D Output opened (non-conductive)

Switch-off value

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output → Switch-off value (0464)

Prerequsite Switch output function (→ 167) = Limit

Description Enter measured value for the switch-off point.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

170 Endress+Hauser

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information The switching behavior depends on the relative position of the Switch-on value andSwitch-off value parameters; description: see the Switch-on value parameter(→ 168).

Assign status

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output → Assign status (0485)

Prerequsite Switch output function (→ 167) = Digital Output

Description Select device status for switch output.

Selection • Off• Digital output AD 1• Digital output AD 2• Digital output 1• Digital output 2• Digital output 3• Digital output 4

Factory setting Off

Additional information The Digital output AD 1 and Digital output AD 2 options refer to the AdvancedDiagnostic Blocks → 271. A switch signal generated in these blocks can be transmittedvia the switch output.

Switch-on delay

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output → Switch-on delay (0467)

Prerequsite • Switch output function (→ 167) = Limit• Assign limit (→ 168) ≠ Off

Description Define switch-on delay.

User entry 0.0 to 100.0 s

Factory setting 0.0 s

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 171

Switch-off delay

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output → Switch-off delay (0465)

Prerequsite • Switch output function (→ 167) = Limit• Assign limit (→ 168) ≠ Off

Description Define switch-off delay.

User entry 0.0 to 100.0 s

Factory setting 0.0 s

Failure mode

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output → Failure mode (0486)

Description Define output behavior in alarm condition.

Selection • Actual status• Open• Closed

Factory setting Open

Switch status

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output → Switch status (0461)

Description Displays the current state of the switch output.

Invert output signal

Navigation Expert → Output → Switch output → Invert outp.sig. (0470)

Description Specify whether the output signal is to be inverted.

Selection • No• Yes

Factory setting No

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

172 Endress+Hauser

Additional information Meaning of the options• No

The behavior of the switch output is as described above.• Yes

The states Open and Closed are inverted as compared to the description above.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 173

4.6 "Communication" submenu

4.6.1 Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Communication

‣ Communication

‣ PROFIBUS PA configuration → 174

‣ PROFIBUS PA info → 177

‣ Physical block → 180

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

174 Endress+Hauser

4.6.2 "PROFIBUS PA configuration" submenuThe PROFIBUS PA configuration submenu (→ 174) contains the parameters neededto define the bus address and device ID number.

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA conf

‣ PROFIBUS PA configuration

Address mode → 175

Device address → 176

Ident number selector → 176

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 175

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA conf

Address mode

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA conf → Address mode (1468)

Description Displays the address mode.

Additional information Meaning of the display optionsThe address mode is defined via address switch 8 in the connection compartment:• Hardware

Address switch 8 is in the "OFF" position. Hardware addressing is therefore active: thebus address of the device is configured via address switches 1 to 7

• SoftwareAddress switch 8 is in the "ON" position. Software addressing is therefore active: the busaddress of the device is defined in the Device address parameter (→ 176).

Information on hardware addressing

2

98

34

56

78

1

DIP

ON

A0015686

54 Address switch in the connection compartment

Address switches in the "OFF" position do not contribute to the address. Address switchesin the "ON" position contribute to the address as defined in the following list:• Switch 1: Value = 1• Switch 2: Value = 2• Switch 3: Value = 4• Switch 4: Value = 8• Switch 5: Value = 16• Switch 6: Value = 32• Switch 7: Value = 64

Example

2

98

3 4 5 6 7 81

DIPON

2 + 8 = 10

A0015902

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

176 Endress+Hauser

Address switches 2 and 4 are in the "ON" position; all other address switches are in the"OFF" position

Þ Address = 2 + 8 = 10

Device address

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA conf → Device address (1462)

Description • for Address mode (→ 175) = Software: Enter bus address.• for Address mode (→ 175) = Hardware: Displays bus address.

User entry 0 to 126

Factory setting 126

Ident number selector

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA conf → Ident num select (1461)

Description Select ident number of the device.

Selection • Profile• FMP5x (1558hex)• FMP4x (152Dhex)• Auto

Factory setting Auto

Additional information Meaning of the options• Profile

The ident number of the PROFIBUS profiles is used.• FMP5x (1558hex)

The ident number of Levelflex FMP5x is used.• FMP4x (152Dhex)

The ident number of the previous device type, Levelflex FMP4x, is used.• Auto

The ident number can be adapted automatically by a Class I PROFIBUS master.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 177

4.6.3 "PROFIBUS PA info" submenuThe PROFIBUS PA info submenu contains all parameters that provide information aboutthe condition of the PROFIBUS PA interface.

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA info

‣ PROFIBUS PA info

Status PROFIBUS Master Config → 178

PROFIBUS ident number → 178

Profile version → 178

CRC Count OK → 178

CRC Count Failed → 178

Number of good between badtelegrams

→ 179

Base current → 179

Terminal voltage 1 → 179

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

178 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA info

Status PROFIBUS Master Config

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA info → Stat Master Conf (1465)

Description Indicates whether the cyclic data exchange with the master is currently active.

User interface • Active• Not active

PROFIBUS ident number

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA info → Ident number (1471)

Description Indicates the ident number of the device.

Additional information The Ident number selector parameter (→ 176) can be used to define which identnumber is used.

Profile version

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA info → Profile version (1463)

Description Displays the PROFIBUS profile version of the device.

CRC Count OK

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA info → CRC Count OK (1469)

Description Indicates how many times the checksum test of the cyclic data telegram was successful.

CRC Count Failed

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA info → CRC Count Failed (1470)

Description Indicates how many times the checksum test of the cyclic data telegram discovered anerror.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 179

Number of good between bad telegrams

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA info → Good telegrams (1467)

Description Indicates how many error-free data telegrams were transmitted between the two lastfailed data telegrams.

Base current

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA info → Base current (1466)

Description Displays the present current consumption at the PROFIBUS input of the device.

Terminal voltage 1

Navigation Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA info → Terminal volt. 1 (0662)

Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA info → Base current (1466)

Description Dipslays terminal voltage at the current output.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

180 Endress+Hauser

4.6.4 "Physical block" submenuThe Physical block submenu contains the parameters of the Physical block as per thePROFIBUS profiles.

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block

‣ Physical block

Device tag → 181

Static revision → 181

Strategy → 181

Alert key → 182

Target mode → 182

Mode block actual → 182

Mode block permitted → 182

Mode block normal → 183

Alarm summary → 183

Software revision → 183

Hardware revision → 183

Manufacturer ID → 183

Device ID → 184

Serial number → 184

Diagnostics → 184

Diagnostics mask → 184

Device certification → 185

Factory reset → 185

Descriptor → 185

Device message → 186

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 181

Device install date → 186

Ident number selector → 186

Hardware lock → 186

Feature supported → 187

Feature enabled → 187

Condensed status diagnostic → 187

Descripiton of parameters

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block

Device tag

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Device tag (1496)

Description Enter tag for measuring point.

User entry Up to 32 alphanumerical characters

Factory setting FMP5x

Static revision

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Static revision (1495)

Description Standard block parameter ST_REV according to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Strategy

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Strategy (1494)

Description Standard block parameter STRATEGY according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

182 Endress+Hauser

Factory setting 0

Alert key

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Alert key (1473)

Description Standard block parameter ALERT_KEY according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Target mode

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Target mode (1497)

Description Standard block parameter TARGET_MODE according to the PROFIBUS profile

Selection • Auto• Out of service

Factory setting Auto

Mode block actual

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Mode block act (1472)

Description Element Actual of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User interface • Auto• Out of service

Mode block permitted

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Mode block perm (1493)

Description Element Permitted of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to thePROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 255

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 183

Mode block normal

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Mode blk norm (1492)

Description Element Normal of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User interface • Auto• Out of service

Alarm summary

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Alarm summary (1474)

Description Standard block parameter ALARM_SUM according to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface • Discrete alarm• Alarm state HiHi limit• Alarm state Hi limit• Alarm state LoLo limit• Alarm state Lo limit• Update Event

Software revision

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Software rev. (1478)

Description Standard parameter SOFTWARE_REVISION of the Physical block according to thePROFIBUS profile

Hardware revision

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Hardware rev. (1479)

Description Standard parameter HARDWARE_REVISION of the Physical block according to thePROFIBUS profile

Manufacturer ID

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Manufacturer ID (1502)

Description Standard parameter DEVICE_MAN_ID of the Physical block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

184 Endress+Hauser

User interface 0 to 65 535

Device ID

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Device ID (1480)

Description Standard parameter DEVICE_ID of the Physical block according to the PROFIBUS profile

Serial number

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Serial number (1481)

Description Standard parameter DEVICE_SER_NUM of the Physical block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Diagnostics

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Diagnostics (1482)

Description Standard parameter DIAGNOSIS of the Physical block according to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface • Memory checksum error• Measurement error• Device not initialized• On warmstart• On coldstart• Maintenance required• Ident number violation• More information available• Maintenance alarm• Maintenance demanded• Function check or simulation• Invalid process condition• Hardware failure electronics

Diagnostics mask

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Diagnostics mask (1484)

Description Standard parameter DIAGNOSIS_MASK of the Physical block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 185

User interface • Memory checksum error• Measurement error• Device not initialized• On warmstart• On coldstart• Maintenance required• Ident number violation• More information available• Maintenance alarm• Maintenance demanded• Function check or simulation• Invalid process condition• Hardware failure electronics

Device certification

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Dev certificate (1486)

Description Standard parameter DEVICE_CERTIFICATION of the Physical block according to thePROFIBUS profile

Factory reset

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Factory reset (1488)

Description Standard parameter FACTORY_RESET of the Physical block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Selection • to defaults• warmstart device• reset bus address• Cancel

Factory setting Cancel

Descriptor

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Descriptor (1489)

Description Standard parameter DESCRIPTOR of the Physical block according to the PROFIBUS profile

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

186 Endress+Hauser

Device message

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Device message (1490)

Description Standard parameter DEVICE_MESSAGE of the Physical block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Device install date

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Device inst.date (1491)

Description Standard parameter DEVICE_INSTAL_DATE of the Physical block according to thePROFIBUS profile

Ident number selector

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Ident num select (1461)

Description Select ident number of the device.

Selection • Profile• FMP5x (1558hex)• FMP4x (152Dhex)• Auto

Factory setting Auto

Additional information Meaning of the options• Profile

The ident number of the PROFIBUS profiles is used.• FMP5x (1558hex)

The ident number of Levelflex FMP5x is used.• FMP4x (152Dhex)

The ident number of the previous device type, Levelflex FMP4x, is used.• Auto

The ident number can be adapted automatically by a Class I PROFIBUS master.

Hardware lock

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Hardware lock (1499)

Description Standard parameter HW_WRITE_PROTECTION of the Physical block according to thePROFIBUS prfile

User interface • Unprotected• Protected

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 187

Feature supported

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Feature support (1477)

Description Element Supported of the parameter HW_WRITE_PROTECTION in the Physical blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface • Condensed status• Classic status diagnosis• Data exchange broadcast• MS1 application relationship• PROFIsafe communication

Feature enabled

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Feature enabled (1476)

Description Element Enabled of the parameter HW_WRITE_PROTECTION in the Physical blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface • Condensed status• Classic status diagnosis• Data exchange broadcast• MS1 application relationship• PROFIsafe communication

Condensed status diagnostic

Navigation Expert → Communication → Physical block → Condensed status (1500)

Description Parameter COND_STATUS_DIAG in the Physical block according to the PROFIBUS profile

Selection • Off• On

Factory setting On

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

188 Endress+Hauser

4.7 "Analog input 1 to 6" submenu

4.7.1 OverviewThere is an Analog input submenu for each Analog Input block in the device. Thissubmenu contains the block parameters of the individual block. The parameters of theAnalog Input block are described in the PROFIBUS profile. The most importantcharacteristics of the parameters are summarized below. An Analog Input block can beused to scale a measured variable of the device and transmit it via the bus to a PLC, forexample.

Channel

Out ValuePROFIBUS

1 2 3

A0017058

55 Transmission of an analog value to a PLC via the Analog Input block

1 Transmitter2 Analog Input block (part of the transmitter software)3 PLC

Data processing in the Analog Input block

Simulate value HiHi alarm value

Out value

LoLo alarm value

Hi alarm value

Lo alarm value

PV scaleupper range

Simulateenable

Enable

Disable

PV scalelower range

Out scalelower range

Out scaleupper range

HiHi lim

LoLo lim

Hi lim

Lo lim

t

Out unit; Out decimal point

PV filter time

Value

Simulate status HiHi alarm state

Out state

Out unit text

LoLo alarm state

Hi alarm state

Lo alarm state

StatusChannel

A0016781

The diagram describes the function of the Analog Input block in the normaloperational state (Mode block actual (→ 192) = Auto). The block's behavior inother operational states is described in the Profibus profiles of the Profibus UserOrganization (PNO).

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 189

4.7.2 Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6

‣ Analog input 1 to 6

Tag description → 191

Static revision → 191

Strategy → 191

Alert key → 191

Target mode → 192

Mode block actual → 192

Mode block permitted → 192

Mode block normal → 192

Alarm summary → 193

Batch ID → 193

Batch operation → 193

Batch phase → 193

Batch Recipe Unit Procedure → 194

Out value → 194

Out status → 194

Out status HEX → 195

PV scale lower range → 195

PV scale upper range → 195

Out scale lower range → 196

Out scale upper range → 196

Lin type → 196

Channel → 196

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

190 Endress+Hauser

Out unit → 197

Out decimal point → 197

Out unit text → 198

PV filter time → 198

Fail safe type → 198

Fail safe value → 199

Alarm hysteresis → 199

Hi Hi Lim → 200

Hi Lim → 200

Lo Lim → 200

Lo Lo Lim → 201

Hi Hi alarm value → 201

Hi Hi alarm state → 201

Hi alarm value → 202

Hi alarm state → 202

Lo alarm value → 202

Lo alarm state → 202

Lo Lo alarm value → 203

Lo Lo alarm state → 203

Simulate enabled → 203

Simulate value → 204

Simulate status → 204

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 191

4.7.3 Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6

Tag description

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Tag description (1562–1 to 6)

Description Standard block parameter TAG_DESC according to the PROFIBUS profile

Static revision

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Static revision (1560–1 to 6)

Description Standard block parameter ST_REV according to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 65 535

Strategy

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Strategy (1559–1 to 6)

Description Standard block parameter STRATEGY according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Alert key

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Alert key (1522–1 to 6)

Description Standard block parameter ALERT_KEY according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

192 Endress+Hauser

Target mode

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Target mode (1563–1 to 6)

Description Standard block parameter TARGET_MODE according to the PROFIBUS profile

Selection • Auto• Man• Out of service

Factory setting Auto

Mode block actual

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Mode block act (1521–1 to 6)

Description Element Actual of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User interface • Auto• Man• Out of service

Mode block permitted

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Mode block perm (1553–1 to 6)

Description Element Permitted of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to thePROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 255

Mode block normal

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Mode blk norm (1546–1 to 6)

Description Element Normal of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User interface • Auto• Man• Out of service

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 193

Alarm summary

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Alarm summary (1537–1 to 6)

Description Standard block parameter ALARM_SUM according to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface • Discrete alarm• Alarm state HiHi limit• Alarm state Hi limit• Alarm state LoLo limit• Alarm state Lo limit• Update Event

Batch ID

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Batch ID (1533–1 to 6)

Description Element Batch_ID of the standard block parameter BATCH according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry Positive integer

Factory setting 0

Batch operation

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Batch operation (1534–1 to 6)

Description Element Operation of the standard block parameter BATCH according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Batch phase

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Batch phase (1535–1 to 6)

Description Element Phase of the standard block parameter BATCH according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

194 Endress+Hauser

Batch Recipe Unit Procedure

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Batch Recipe (1536–1 to 6)

Description Element Rup (Recipe unit procedure) of the standard block parameter BATCH accordingto the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Out value

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Out value (1552–1 to 6)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter OUT in the Analog Input Block according to thePROFIBUS Profile.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information • For Mode block actual (→ 192) = Man:Enter the output value of the Analog Input Block.

• Else:Displays the output value of the Analog Input Block.

Out status

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Out status (1564–1 to 6)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter OUT in the Analog Input Block accordintg tothe PROFIBUS Profile.

User interface • Good• Uncertain• Bad

Additional information Only the two quality bits are evaluated in this parameter.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 195

Out status HEX

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Out status HEX (1549–1 to 6)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter OUT in the Analog Input Block according to thePROFIBUS Profile.

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 128

Additional information The complete status byte is displayed in the form of a two-digit hexadecimal number inthis parameter.

PV scale lower range

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → PVscale lo range (1554–1 to 6)

Description Element EU_at_0% of the standard parameter PV_SCALE in the Analog Input blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the 0% marker for the input value of the block.

PV scale upper range

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → PVscale up range (1555–1 to 6)

Description Element EU_at_100% of the standard parameter PV_SCALE in the Analog Input blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 100.0

Additional information This parameter defines the 100% marker for the input value of the block.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

196 Endress+Hauser

Out scale lower range

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Out scale low (1548–1 to 6)

Description Element EU_at_0% of the standard parameter OUT_SCALE in the Analog Input blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the 0% marker for the output value of the block.

Out scale upper range

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Out scale up (1551–1 to 6)

Description Element EU_at_100% of the standard parameter OUT_SCALE in the Analog Input blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 100.0

Additional information This parameter defines the 100% marker for the output value of the block.

Lin type

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Lin type (1523–1 to 6)

Description Standard parameter LIN_TYPE of the Analog Input block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Selection Off

Factory setting Off

Channel

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Channel (1561–1 to 6)

Description Standard parameter CHANNEL of the Analog Input Block according to the PROFIBUSProfile.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 197

Selection • Level linearized• Distance• Interface linearized 16)

• Interface distance 16)

• Thickness upper layer 16)

• Terminal voltage• Electronic temperature• Measured capacitance 16)

• Absolute echo amplitude• Relative echo amplitude• Absolute interface amplitude 16)

• Relative interface amplitude 16)

• Absolute EOP amplitude• Noise of signal• EOP shift• Calculated DC value 16)

• Sensor debug• Analog output adv. diagnostics 1• Analog output adv. diagnostics 2

Factory setting Level linearized

Additional information Allocates a measured value to the AI block.

Out unit

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Out unit (1550–1 to 6)

Description Element Units_Index of the standard parameter OUT_SCALE in the Analog Input blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 1 997

Additional information This parameter defines the unit for the output value. The units are represented by anumeric code according to the PROFIBUS profile.

Out decimal point

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Out dec_ point (1547–1 to 6)

Description Element Decimal_Point of the standard parameter OUT_SCALE in the Analog Input blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 7

Factory setting 0

16) Visibility depends on order options or device settings

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

198 Endress+Hauser

Additional information This parameter defines up to which decimal the output value is to be considered valid.

Out unit text

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Out unit text (1532–1 to 6)

Description Standard block parameter OUT_UNIT_TEXT in the Analog Input block according to thePROFIBUS profile

Factory setting NoUnit

Additional information This text is used as unit if Out unit (→ 197) = 1995: Textual unit.

PV filter time

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → PV filter time (1524–1 to 6)

Description Standard parameter PV_FTIME of the Analog Input Block according to the PROFIBUSprofile.

User entry Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the damping constant τ (in seconds) for the output of the AnalogInput Block.

Fail safe type

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Fail safe type (1525–1 to 6)

Description Standard parameter FSAFE_TYPE of the Analog Input Block according to the PROFIBUSprofile.

Selection • Fail safe value• Fallback value• Off

Factory setting Off

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 199

Additional information Meaning of the optionsThis parameter specifies the output value of the Analog Input block in the event of anerror.• Fail safe value

The output value in the event of an error is defined in the Fail safe value parameter(→ 199).

• Fallback valueThe last output value that was valid before the error occurred is retained.

• OffThe output value follows the current measured value. The status is set to BAD.

Fail safe value

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Fail safe value (1526–1 to 6)

Prerequsite Fail safe type (→ 198) = Fail safe value

Description Standard parameter FSAFE_VALUE of the Analog Input Block according to the PROFIBUSprofile.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the output value of the Analog Input Block in case of an error.

Alarm hysteresis

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Alarm hysteresis (1527–1 to 6)

Description Standard parameter ALARM_HYS of the Analog Input block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the hysteresis for limit violation of the output value in the AnalogInput block. The hysteresis is specified in the same unit as the output value (Out unitparameter (→ 197)).

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

200 Endress+Hauser

Hi Hi Lim

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Hi Hi Lim (1528–1 to 6)

Description Standard parameter HI_HI_LIM of the Analog Input block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Positive floating-point number

Additional information An alarm is generated if the output value of the Analog Input block rises above this value.

For a consistent evaluation of the output staus, the limit values must be defined inascending order:

Lo Lo Lim < Lo Lim < Hi Lim < Hi Hi Lim

Hi Lim

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Hi Lim (1529–1 to 6)

Description Standard parameter HI_LIM in the Analog Input block according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Positive floating-point number

Additional information An alarm is generated if the output value of the Analog Input block rises above this value.

For a consistent evaluation of the output status, the limit values must be defined inascending order:

Lo Lo Lim < Lo Lim < Hi Lim < Hi Hi Lim

Lo Lim

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Lo Lim (1530–1 to 6)

Description Standard parameter LO_LIM of the Analog Input block according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Negative floating-point number

Additional information An alarm is generated if the output value of the Analog Input block falls below this value.

For a consistent evaluation fo the output status, the limit values must be defined inascending order:

Lo Lo Lim < Lo Lim < Hi Lim < Hi Hi Lim

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 201

Lo Lo Lim

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Lo Lo Lim (1531–1 to 6)

Description Standard parameter LO_LO_LIM of the Analog Input block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Negative floating-point number

Additional information An alarm is generated if the output value of the Analog Input block falls below this value.

For a consistent evaluation of the output status, the limit values must be defined inascending order:

Lo Lo Lim < Lo Lim < Hi Lim < Hi Hi Lim

Hi Hi alarm value

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → HiHi alarm value (1541–1 to 6)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter HI_HI_ALM in the Analog Input blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information This parameter displays the output value which caused the alarm.

Hi Hi alarm state

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → HiHi alarm state (1540–1 to 6)

Description Element Alarm_State of the standard parameter HI_HI_ALM in the Analog Input blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface • No alarm• Alarm state HiHi limit

Additional information This parameter indicates whether an alarm caused by Hi Hi Lim violation is currentlyactive.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

202 Endress+Hauser

Hi alarm value

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Hi alarm value (1539–1 to 6)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter HI_ALM in the Analog Input block according tothe PROFIBUS profile

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information This parameter displays the output value which caused the alarm.

Hi alarm state

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Hi alarm state (1538–1 to 6)

Description Element Alarm_State of the standard parameter HI_ALM in the Analog Input blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface • No warning• Alarm state Hi limit

Additional information This parameter indicates whether an alarm caused by a Hi Lim violation is currently active.

Lo alarm value

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Lo alarm value (1543–1 to 6)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter LO_ALM in the Analog Input block according tothe PROFIBUS profile

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information This parameter displays the output value which caused the alarm.

Lo alarm state

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Lo alarm state (1542–1 to 6)

Description Element Alarm_State of the standard parameter LO_ALM in the Analog Input blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface • No warning• Alarm state Lo limit

Additional information This parameter indicates whether an alarm caused by a Lo Lim violation is currently active.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 203

Lo Lo alarm value

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → LoLo alarm value (1545–1 to 6)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter LO_LO_ALM in the Analog Input blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information This parameter displays the output value which caused the alarm.

Lo Lo alarm state

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → LoLo alarm state (1544–1 to 6)

Description Element Alarm_State of the standard parameter LO_LO_ALM in the Analog Input blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface • No alarm• Alarm state LoLo limit

Additional information This parameter indicates whether an alarm caused by a Lo Lo Lim violation is currentlyactive.

Simulate enabled

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Simulate enabled (1556–1 to 6)

Description Element Simulate_Enabled of the standard parameter SIMULATE in the Analog Inputblock according to the PROFIBUS profile

Selection • Disable• Enable

Factory setting Disable

Additional information Enables or disables the simulation of the Analog Input block. If the simulation is enabled,the Analog Input block uses a constant simulation value instead of the measured valueselected in Channel (→ 196). This value is specified in Simulate value (→ 204).The associated status is specified in Simulate status (→ 204).

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

204 Endress+Hauser

Simulate value

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Simulate value (1558–1 to 6)

Description Element Simulate_Value of the standard parameter SIMULATE in the Analog Input blocaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the simulation value.

Simulate status

Navigation Expert → Analog inputs → Analog input 1 to 6 → Simulate status (1557–1 to 6)

Description Element Simulate_Status of the standard parameter SIMULATE in the Analog Inputblock according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the status of the simulation value.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 205

4.8 "Discrete input 1 to 4" submenu

4.8.1 ÜbersichtThere is a Discrete input submenu for each Discrete Input block in the device. It containsthe block parameters of the respective block. The parameters of the Discrete Input blockare described in the PROFIBUS profile. The most important characteristics of theparameters are summarized below. A Discrete Input block can be used to transmit adiscrete measured variable via the bus to a PLC, for example.

Channel

Out ValuePROFIBUS

1 2 3

A0017058

56 Transmission of a discrete value to a PLC via the Discrete Input block

1 Transmitter2 Discrete Input block (part of transmitter software)3 PLC

Data processing in the Discrete Input block

Simulate value

Invert

Enable

off

on

Disable

Value

Simulate status

StatusChannel

TRUE TRUE

TRUE FALSE

FALSE FALSE

FALSE TRUE

Out value

Out stateSimulateenable

A0016782

The diagram describes the function of the Discrete Input block in the normaloperational state (Mode block actual (→ 209) = Auto). The block's behavior inother operational states is described in the Profibus profiles of the Profibus UserOrganization (PNO).

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

206 Endress+Hauser

4.8.2 Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4

‣ Discrete input 1 to 4

Tag description → 208

Static revision → 208

Strategy → 208

Alert key → 208

Target mode → 209

Mode block actual → 209

Mode block permitted → 209

Mode block normal → 209

Alarm summary → 210

Batch ID → 210

Batch operation → 210

Batch phase → 210

Batch Recipe Unit Procedure → 211

Out value → 211

Out status → 211

Out status HEX → 212

Channel → 212

Invert → 212

Fail safe type → 213

Fail safe value → 213

Simulate enabled → 213

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 207

Simulate value → 214

Simulate status → 214

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

208 Endress+Hauser

4.8.3 Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4

Tag description

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Tag description (2201–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter TAG_DESC according to the PROFIBUS profile

Static revision

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Static revision (2200–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter ST_REV according to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 65 535

Strategy

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Strategy (2199–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter STRATEGY according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Alert key

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Alert key (2182–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter ALERT_KEY according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 209

Target mode

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Target mode (2202–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter TARGET_MODE according to the PROFIBUS profile

Selection • Auto• Man• Out of service

Factory setting Auto

Mode block actual

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Mode block act (2181–1 to 4)

Description Element Actual of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User interface • Auto• Man• Out of service

Mode block permitted

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Mode block perm (2195–1 to 4)

Description Element Permitted of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to thePROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 255

Mode block normal

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Mode blk norm (2192–1 to 4)

Description Element Normal of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User interface • Auto• Man• Out of service

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

210 Endress+Hauser

Alarm summary

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Alarm summary (2191–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter ALARM_SUM according to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface • Discrete alarm• Alarm state HiHi limit• Alarm state Hi limit• Alarm state LoLo limit• Alarm state Lo limit• Update Event

Batch ID

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Batch ID (2183–1 to 4)

Description Element Batch_ID of the standard block parameter BATCH according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry Positive integer

Factory setting 0

Batch operation

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Batch operation (2184–1 to 4)

Description Element Operation of the standard block parameter BATCH according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Batch phase

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Batch phase (2185–1 to 4)

Description Element Phase of the standard block parameter BATCH according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 211

Batch Recipe Unit Procedure

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Batch Recipe (2186–1 to 4)

Description Element Rup (Recipe unit procedure) of the standard block parameter BATCH accordingto the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Out value

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Out value (2194–1 to 4)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter OUT_D in the Discrete Input block according tothe PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Additional information • For Mode block actual (→ 209) = Man:Enter the output value of the Discrete Input block.

• Else:Displays the output value of the Discrete Input block.

The display or input format is a two-digit hexadecimal number. This corresponds to theouput value of the DI block as follows:• Out value = 00 → FALSE• Out value ≠ 00 → TRUE

Out status

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Out status (2203–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter OUT_D in the Discrete Input Block according tothe PROFIBUS profile

User interface • Good• Uncertain• Bad

Additional information Only the two quality bits are evaluated in this parameter.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

212 Endress+Hauser

Out status HEX

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Out status HEX (2193–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter OUT in the Discrete Input block according tothe PROFIBUS profile.

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 128

Additional information The complete status byte is displayed in this parameter in the form of a two-digithexadecimal number.

Channel

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Channel (2187–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter CHANNEL of the Discrete Input Block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Selection • None• Switch output• Digital output AD 1• Digital output AD 2

Factory setting None

Additional information This parameter allocates a switching variable to the Discrete Input Block.

Invert

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Invert (2188–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter INVERT of the Discrete Input block according to the PROFIBUS profile

Selection • Off• On

Factory setting Off

Additional information The discrete output signal can be inverted by this parameter (permutation of the logicalstates FALSE and TRUE)

Meaning of the options:• Off

No inversion• On

The switching signal is inverted before the transmission to the bus.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 213

Fail safe type

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Fail safe type (2189–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter FSAFE_TYPE of the Discrete Input block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Selection • Fail safe value• Fallback value• Off

Factory setting Off

Additional information Meaning of the optionsThis parameter defines the output value of the Discrete Input block in case of a failure.• Fail safe value

The output value in case of a failure is defined in the Fail safe value parameter(→ 213).

• Fallback valueThe last output value before occurence of the failure is kept.

• OffThe output follows the measuring value. The status is set to BAD.

Fail safe value

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Fail safe value (2190–1 to 4)

Prerequsite Fail safe type (→ 213) = Fail safe value

Description Standard parameter FSAFE_VAL_D of the Discrete Input block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the output value of the Discrete Input block in case of a failure.

Simulate enabled

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Simulate enabled (2196–1 to 4)

Description Element Simulate_Enabled of the standard parameter SIMULATE_D in the DiscreteInput block according to the PROFIBUS profile

Selection • Disable• Enable

Factory setting Disable

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

214 Endress+Hauser

Additional information This parameter activates or deactivates the simulation of the Discrete Input block. If thesimulation is active, the Discrete Input block does not use the measured value selected inChannel (→ 212) but a constant simulation value. This value is defined in Simulatevalue (→ 214).

Simulate value

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Simulate value (2198–1 to 4)

Description Element Simulate_Value of the standard parameter SIMULATE_D in the Discrete Inputblock according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the simulation value.

Simulate status

Navigation Expert → Discrete inputs → Discrete input 1 to 4 → Simulate status (2197–1 to 4)

Description Element Simulate_Status of the standard parameter SIMULATE_D in the Discrete Inputblock according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the status of the simulation value.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 215

4.9 "Analog output 1 to 4" submenu

4.9.1 OverviewThere is an Analog output submenu for each Analog Output block in the device. Thissubmenu contains the parameters of the individual block. The parameters of the AnalogOutput block are described in the PROFIBUS profile. The most important characteristics ofthe parameters are summarized below.

The device uses the Analog Output block to read in a value, which has been measuredexternally, via the bus. This value can be used

• for display on the display module (Display submenu (→ 33))• in the case of a pressure value: for the automatic gas phase compensation (External

pressure selector parameter (→ 111))

2

ENDRESS + HAUSER

P

P

1

4

2

3

A0016304

57 The level transmitter reads the externally measured pressure via the Analog output block.

1 Level transmitter2 Segment coupler3 PLC4 Absolute pressure transmitter

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

216 Endress+Hauser

Data processing in the Analog Output block

Set point value Out value

PV scaleupper range

PV scalelower range

Out scalelower range

Out scaleupper range

Set point status Out status

A0016954

The diagram describes the function of the Analog Output block in the normaloperational state (Mode block actual (→ 220) = Auto). The block's behavior inother operational states is described in the Profibus profiles of the Profibus UserOrganization (PNO).

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 217

4.9.2 Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4

‣ Analog output 1 to 4

Tag description → 219

Static revision → 219

Strategy → 219

Alert key → 219

Target mode → 220

Mode block actual → 220

Mode block permitted → 220

Mode block normal → 220

Alarm summary → 221

Batch ID → 221

Batch operation → 221

Batch phase → 222

Batch Recipe Unit Procedure → 222

Set point value → 222

Set point status → 222

PV scale lower range → 223

PV scale upper range → 223

Readback value → 223

Readback status → 223

RCAS in value → 224

RCAS in status → 224

Input channel → 224

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

218 Endress+Hauser

Output channel → 224

Fail safe time → 225

Fail safe type → 225

Fail safe value → 225

RCAS out value → 226

RCAS out status → 226

Position value → 226

Position status → 226

Setpoint deviation → 227

Simulate enabled → 227

Simulate value → 227

Simulate status → 227

Increase close → 228

Out value → 228

Out status → 228

Out status HEX → 229

Out scale upper range → 229

Out scale lower range → 229

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 219

4.9.3 Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4

Tag description

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Tag description (1667–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter TAG_DESC according to the PROFIBUS profile

Static revision

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Static revision (1666–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter ST_REV according to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 65 535

Strategy

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Strategy (1665–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter STRATEGY according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Alert key

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Alert key (1632–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter ALERT_KEY according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

220 Endress+Hauser

Target mode

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Target mode (1668–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter TARGET_MODE according to the PROFIBUS profile

Selection • Auto• Local override• Man• Out of service• Remote Cascaded

Factory setting Auto

Mode block actual

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Mode block act (1631–1 to 4)

Description Element Actual of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User interface • Auto• Local override• Man• Out of service• Remote Cascaded

Mode block permitted

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Mode block perm (1648–1 to 4)

Description Element Permitted of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to thePROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 255

Mode block normal

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Mode blk norm (1643–1 to 4)

Description Element Normal of the standard block paramete MODE_BLK according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 221

User interface • Auto• Local override• Man• Out of service• Remote Cascaded

Alarm summary

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Alarm summary (1642–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter ALARM_SUM according to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface • Discrete alarm• Alarm state HiHi limit• Alarm state Hi limit• Alarm state LoLo limit• Alarm state Lo limit• Update Event

Batch ID

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Batch ID (1633–1 to 4)

Description Element Batch_ID of the standard block parameter BATCH according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry Positive integer

Factory setting 0

Batch operation

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Batch operation (1639–1 to 4)

Description Element Operation of the standard block parameter BATCH according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

222 Endress+Hauser

Batch phase

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Batch phase (1640–1 to 4)

Description Element Phase of the standard block parameter BATCH according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Batch Recipe Unit Procedure

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Batch Recipe (1641–1 to 4)

Description Element Rup (Recipe unit procedure) of the standard block parameter BATCH accordingto the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Set point value

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Set point val (1661–1 to 4)

Description Input value of the AO block

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information This value is normally written via PROFIBUS by a linked device (e.g. a pressuretransmitter). It can be scaled by the AO block before being transmitted to Out value(→ 228) and is then used for the display or for additional calculations.

Set point status

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Set point status (1660–1 to 4)

Description Hexidecimal representation of the status of the input value

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 223

Additional information Normally, this value is written via PROFIBUS by a linked device (e.g. a pressuretransmitter).

PV scale lower range

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → PVscale lo range (1651–1 to 4)

Description Element EU_at_0% of the standard parameter PV_SCALE in the Analog Output blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the 0% marker for the input value.

PV scale upper range

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → PVscale up range (1652–1 to 4)

Description Element EU_at_100% of the standard parameter PV_SCALE in the Analog Output blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 100.0

Additional information This parameter defines the 100% marker for the input value.

Readback value

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Readback value (1659–1 to 4)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter READBACK in the Analog Output block

User interface Signed floating-point number

Readback status

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Readback status (1658–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter READBACK in the Analog Output block

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

224 Endress+Hauser

User interface 0 to 255

RCAS in value

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → RCAS in value (1655–1 to 4)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter RCAS_IN in the Analog Output block accordingto the PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

RCAS in status

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → RCAS in status (1654–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter RCAS_IN in the Analog Input block accordingto the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Input channel

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Input channel (1670–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter IN_CHANNEL of the Analog Output block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Selection None

Factory setting None

Output channel

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Output channel (1671–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter OUT-CHANNEL of the Analog Output block according to thePROFIBUS profile

Selection None

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 225

Factory setting None

Fail safe time

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Fail safe time (1635–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter FSAFE_TIME of the Analog Output block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry 0 to 999.0

Factory setting 0

Additional information Defines the time (in seconds) between the occurrence of an error in the set point (Setpoint status (→ 222) = BAD) and the corresponding reaction of the AO block.

Fail safe type

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Fail safe type (1636–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter FSAFE_TYPE of the Analog Output block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Selection • Fail safe value• Fallback value• Off

Factory setting Fallback value

Additional information Meaning of the optionsThis parameter defines the output value of the Analog Output block in case of an error.• Fail safe value

The output value in case of an error is defined in the Fail safe value parameter(→ 225).

• Fallback valueThe last valid output value before the occurence of the error is maintained.

• OffThe output value corresponds to the current measured value. The status, however, is setto BAD.

Fail safe value

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Fail safe value (1637–1 to 4)

Prerequsite Fail safe type (→ 225) = Fail safe value

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

226 Endress+Hauser

Description Standard parameter FSAFE_VALUE of the Analog Output block according to thePROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the output value of the Analog Output block in case of an error.

RCAS out value

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → RCAS out value (1657–1 to 4)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter RCAS_OUT in the Analog Output blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface Signed floating-point number

RCAS out status

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → RCAS out status (1656–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter RCAS_OUT in the Analog Input block accordingto the PROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 255

Position value

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Pos value (1650–1 to 4)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter POS_D in the Analog Output block according tothe PROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 255

Position status

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Position status (1649–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter POS_D in the Analog Output block according tothe PROFIBUS profile

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 227

User interface 0 to 255

Setpoint deviation

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Setp. deviation (1653–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter SETP_DEVIATION of the Analog Output block according to thePROFIBUS profile

User interface Signed floating-point number

Simulate enabled

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Simulate enabled (1662–1 to 4)

Description Element Simulate_Enabled of the standard parameter SIMULATE in the Analog Inputblock according to the PROFIBUS profile

Selection • Disable• Enable

Factory setting Disable

Simulate value

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Simulate value (1664–1 to 4)

Description Element Simulate_Value of the standard parameter SIMULATE in the Analog Outputblock according to the PROFIBUS profile.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Simulate status

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Simulate status (1663–1 to 4)

Description Element Simulate_Status of the standard parameter SIMULATE in the Analog Outputblock according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

228 Endress+Hauser

Factory setting 0

Increase close

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Increase close (1638–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter INCREASE_CLOSE of the Analog Input block according to thePROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Out value

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Out value (1647–1 to 4)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter OUT in the Analog Output block according tothe PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information • For Mode block actual (→ 220) = Man:Enter the output value of the Analo Output block.

• Else:Indicates the output value of the Analog Output block.

Out status

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Out status (1669–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter OUT in the Analog Output block according tothe PROFIBUS profile

User interface • Good• Uncertain• Bad

Additional information Only the two quality bits are evaluated in this parameter.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 229

Out status HEX

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Out status HEX (1645–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter OUT in the Analog Output block according tothe PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 128

Additional information The complete status byte is displayed in this parameter in the form of a two-digithexadecimal number.

Out scale upper range

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Out scale up (1646–1 to 4)

Description Element EU_at_100% of the standard parameter OUT_SCALE in the Analog Output blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 100.0

Additional information This parameter defines the 100% marker for the output value of the block.

Out scale lower range

Navigation Expert → Analog outputs → Analog output 1 to 4 → Out scale low (1644–1 to 4)

Description Element EU_at_0% of the standard parameter OUT_SCALE in the Analog Output blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter defines the 0% marker for the output value of the block.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

230 Endress+Hauser

4.10 "Discrete output 1 to 4" submenu

4.10.1 OverviewThere is a Discrete output 1 to 4 for each Discrete Output block in the device. Thissubmenu contains the parameters of the individual block. The parameters of the DiscreteOutput block are described in the PROFIBUS profile. The most important characteristics ofthe parameters are summarized below.

The device uses the Discrete Output block to read in a discrete value (0-False / 1-TRUE). This discrete value can be used:

• for transmission via the switch output (terminals 3 and 4 in the connectioncompartment). This is controlled by:Assign status (→ 170)

• to switch the measurement on and off. This is controlled by:Control measurement

• to transmit a permanently defined level or interface value, regardless of themeasurement. This is controlled by:– Level external input 1– Interface external input 1

Set point value

PROFIBUSOut Value

1 2 3

4

+

3 +

1–

2

3+

4-

A0017059

58 Transmission of an external discrete value via the switch output of the device

1 PLC2 Discrete Output block (part of transmitter software)3 Transmitter

Data processing in the Discrete Output blockThe diagram describes the function of the Discrete Output block in the normaloperational state (Mode block actual (→ 234) = Auto). The block's behavior inother operational states is described in the Profibus profiles of the Profibus UserOrganization (PNO).

Simulate value

Invert

Enable

off

on

Disable

Set point value

Simulate status

Set point status

TRUE TRUE

TRUE FALSE

FALSE FALSE

FALSE TRUE

Out valueOut state

Simulateenable

A0017057

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 231

4.10.2 Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4

‣ Discrete output 1 to 4

Tag description → 233

Static revision → 233

Strategy → 233

Alert key → 233

Target mode → 234

Mode block actual → 234

Mode block permitted → 234

Mode block normal → 234

Alarm summary → 235

Batch ID → 235

Batch operation → 235

Batch phase → 236

Batch Recipe Unit Procedure → 236

Set point value → 236

Set point status → 236

Out value → 237

Out status → 237

Out status HEX → 237

Readback value → 238

Readback status → 238

RCAS in value → 238

RCAS in status → 238

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

232 Endress+Hauser

Input channel → 239

Output channel → 239

Invert → 239

Fail safe time → 240

Fail safe type → 240

Fail safe value → 240

RCAS out value → 241

RCAS out status → 241

Simulate enabled → 241

Simulate value → 241

Simulate status → 242

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 233

4.10.3 Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4

Tag description

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Tag description (1721–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter TAG_DESC according to the PROFIBUS profile

Static revision

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Static revision (1720–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter ST_REV according to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 65 535

Strategy

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Strategy (1719–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter STRATEGY according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Alert key

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Alert key (1694–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter ALERT_KEY according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

234 Endress+Hauser

Target mode

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Target mode (1722–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter TARGET_MODE according to the PROFIBUS profile

Selection • Local override• Remote Cascaded• Man• Out of service• Auto

Factory setting Auto

Mode block actual

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Mode block act (1691–1 to 4)

Description Element Actual of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User interface • Local override• Remote Cascaded• Man• Out of service• Auto

Mode block permitted

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Mode block perm (1705–1 to 4)

Description Element Permitted of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to thePROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 255

Mode block normal

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Mode blk norm (1702–1 to 4)

Description Element Normal of the standard block parameter MODE_BLK according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 235

User interface • Local override• Remote Cascaded• Man• Out of service• Auto

Alarm summary

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Alarm summary (1701–1 to 4)

Description Standard block parameter ALARM_SUM according to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface • Discrete alarm• Alarm state HiHi limit• Alarm state Hi limit• Alarm state LoLo limit• Alarm state Lo limit• Update Event

Batch ID

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Batch ID (1695–1 to 4)

Description Element Batch_ID of the standard block paramter BATCH according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry Positive integer

Factory setting 0

Batch operation

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Batch operation (1698–1 to 4)

Description Element Operation of the standard block parameter BATCH according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

236 Endress+Hauser

Batch phase

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Batch phase (1699–1 to 4)

Description Element Phase of the standard block parameter BATCH according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Batch Recipe Unit Procedure

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Batch Recipe (1700–1 to 4)

Description Element Rup (Recipe unit procedure) of the standard block parameter BATCH accordingto the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Set point value

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Set point val (1715–1 to 4)

Description Input value of the DO block

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Additional information Normally, this value is transmitted via PROFIBUS by a PLC or another device.

Set point status

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Set point status (1714–1 to 4)

Description Hexadecimal representation of the status of the input value

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Additional information Normally, this value is transmitted via PROFIBUS from a PLC or another device.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 237

Out value

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Out value (1704–1 to 4)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter OUTin the Discrete Output block according tothe PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Additional information • For Mode block actual (→ 234) = Man:Enter the output value of the Discrete Output block

• Else:Displays the output value of the Discrete Output block.

Out status

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Out status (1723–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter OUT in the Discrete Output block according tothe PROFIBUS profile

User interface • Good• Uncertain• Bad

Additional information Only the two quality bits are evaluated in this parameter.

Out status HEX

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Out status HEX (1703–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter OUT in the Discrete Output block according tothe PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 128

Additional information The complete status byte is displayed in this parameter in the form of a hexadecimalnumber.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

238 Endress+Hauser

Readback value

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Readback value (1713–1 to 4)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter READBACK in the Discrete Output block

User interface 0 to 255

Readback status

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Readback status (1712–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter READBACK in the Discrete Output block

User interface 0 to 255

RCAS in value

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → RCAS in value (1707–1 to 4)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter RCAS_IN in the Discrete Output block accordingto the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

RCAS in status

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → RCAS in status (1706–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter RCAS_IN in the Discrete Output blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 239

Input channel

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Input channel (1724–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter IN_CHANNEL of the Discrete Output block according to thePROFIBUS profile

Selection None

Factory setting None

Output channel

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Output channel (1725–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter OUT-CHANNEL of the Discrete Output block according to thePROFIBUS profile

Selection None

Factory setting None

Invert

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Invert (1692–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter INVERT of the Discrete Output block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Selection • Off• On

Factory setting Off

Additional information Enables the inversion of the discrete output signal (permutation of the logical statesFALSE and TRUE).

Meaning of the options• Off

No inversion• On

The switch signal is inverted before being used in the device.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

240 Endress+Hauser

Fail safe time

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Fail safe time (1697–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter FSAFE_TIME in the Discrete Input block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information Defines the time (in seconds) between the occurrence of a set point error (Set point status(→ 236) = BAD) and the corresponding response of the DO block.

Fail safe type

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Fail safe type (1696–1 to 4)

Description Standard parameter FSAFE_TYPE in the Discrete Output block according to the PROFIBUSprofile

Selection • Fail safe value• Fallback value• Off

Factory setting Fallback value

Additional information Meaning of the optionsThis parameter specifies the output value of the Discrete Input block in the event of anerror.• Fail safe value

The value output in the event of an error is defined in the Fail safe value parameter(→ 240).

• Fallback valueThe last output value that was valid before the error occurred is maintained.

• OffThe output value follows the current measured value. The status is set to BAD.

Fail safe value

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Fail safe value (1693–1 to 4)

Prerequsite Fail safe type (→ 240) = Fail safe value

Description Standard parameter FSAFE_VALUE in the Discrete Output block according to thePROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 241

Factory setting 0

Additional information This parameter specifies the output value of the Discrete Output block in the event of anerror.

RCAS out value

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → RCAS out value (1711–1 to 4)

Description Element Value of the standard parameter RCAS_OUT in the Discrete Output blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 255

RCAS out status

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → RCAS out status (1708–1 to 4)

Description Element Status of the standard parameter RCAS_OUT in the Discrete Output blockaccording to the PROFIBUS profile

User interface 0 to 255

Simulate enabled

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Simulate enabled (1716–1 to 4)

Description Element Simulate_Enabled of the standard parameter SIMULATE in the Discrete Outputblock according to the PROFIBUS profile

Selection • Disable• Enable

Factory setting Disable

Simulate value

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Simulate value (1718–1 to 4)

Description Element Simulate_Value of the standard parameter SIMULATE in the Discrete Outputblock according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

242 Endress+Hauser

Factory setting 0

Simulate status

Navigation Expert → Discrete outputs → Discr. out. 1 to 4 → Simulate status (1717–1 to 4)

Description Element Simulate_Status of the standard parameter SIMULATE in the Discrete Outputblock according to the PROFIBUS profile

User entry 0 to 255

Factory setting 0

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 243

4.11 "Diagnostics" submenu

4.11.1 Structure of the submenu on the local display

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics

‣ Diagnostics

Actual diagnostics → 245

Previous diagnostics → 245

Operating time from restart → 246

Operating time → 246

‣ Diagnostic list → 247

‣ Event logbook → 249

‣ Device information → 252

‣ Data logging → 255

‣ Min/max values → 259

‣ Simulation → 265

‣ Device check → 268

‣ Advanced diagnostics 1 to 2 → 278

‣ Envelope diagnostics → 287

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

244 Endress+Hauser

4.11.2 Structure of the submenu in an operating tool

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics

‣ Diagnostics

Actual diagnostics → 245

Timestamp → 245

Previous diagnostics → 245

Timestamp → 246

Operating time from restart → 246

Operating time → 246

‣ Diagnostic list → 247

‣ Event logbook → 249

‣ Device information → 252

‣ Data logging → 255

‣ Min/max values → 259

‣ Simulation → 265

‣ Device check → 268

‣ Advanced diagnostics 1 to 2 → 278

‣ Envelope diagnostics → 287

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 245

4.11.3 Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics

Actual diagnostics

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Actual diagnos. (0691)

Description Displays current diagnostic message.

Additional information The display consists of:• Symbol for event behavior• Code for diagnostic behavior• Operating time of occurrence• Event text

If several messages are active at the same time, the messages with the highestpriority is displayed.

Information on what is causing the message, and remedy measures, can be viewed viathe symbol on the display.

Timestamp

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Timestamp (0667)

Description Displays timestamp for the Actual diagnostics parameter (→ 245).

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m), seconds (s)

Previous diagnostics

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Prev.diagnostics (0690)

Description Displays the last diagnostic message which has been active before the current message.

Additional information The display consists of:• Symbol for event behavior• Code for diagnostic behavior• Operating time of occurrence• Event text

The condition displayed may still apply. Information on what is causing the message,and remedy measures, can be viewed via the symbol on the display.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

246 Endress+Hauser

Timestamp

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Timestamp (0672)

Description Displays timestamp for the Previous diagnostics parameter (→ 245).

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m), seconds (s)

Operating time from restart

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Time fr. restart (0653)

Description Displays the time the device has been in operation since the last device restart.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m), seconds (s)

Operating time

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Operating time (0652)

Description Indicates how long the device has been in operation.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m), seconds (s)

Additional information Maximum time

9 999 d ( ≈ 27 years)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 247

4.11.4 "Diagnostic list" submenu

Structure of the submenu on the local display

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list

‣ Diagnostic list

Diagnostics 1 to 5 → 248

Structure of the submenu in an operating tool

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list

‣ Diagnostic list

Diagnostics 1 to 5 → 248

Timestamp 1 to 5 → 248

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

248 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list

Diagnostics 1 to 5

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list → Diagnostics 1 to 5 (0692–1 to 5)

Description Display the current diagnostics messages with the highest to fifth-highest priority.

Additional information The display consists of:• Symbol for event behavior• Code for diagnostic behavior• Operating time of occurrence• Event text

Timestamp 1 to 5

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list → Timestamp (0683)

Description Displays timestamp for the Diagnostics 1 to 5 parameter (→ 248).

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m), seconds (s)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 249

4.11.5 "Event logbook" submenu

Structure of the submenu on the local display

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Event logbook

‣ Event logbook

Filter options → 250

‣ Event list

Structure of the submenu in an operating tool

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Event logbook

‣ Event logbook

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

250 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Event logbook

Filter options

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Event logbook → Filter options (0705)

Description Select category (status signal) whose event messages are displayed in the events list.

Selection • All• Failure (F)• Function check (C)• Out of specification (S)• Maintenance required (M)• Information (I)

Factory setting All

Additional information • This parameter is only used for operation via the local display.• The status signals are categorized according to NAMUR NE 107.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 251

"Event list" submenuThe Event list submenu displays the history of past events of the category selected in theFilter options parameter (→ 250). A maximum of 20 events are displayed inchronological order. If the advanced HistoROM functionality has been activated in thedevice, the event list may comprise up to 100 entries.

The following symbols indicate whether an event has occurred or has ended:• : Event has occurred• : Event has ended

Information on what is causing the message, and remedy instructions, can be viewedvia the -button.

Display format• For event messages in category I: information event, event text, "recording event" symbol

and time the event occurred• For event messages in category F, M, C, S (status signal): diagnostics event, event text,

"recording event" symbol and time the event occurred

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

252 Endress+Hauser

4.11.6 "Device information" submenu

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device info

‣ Device information

Device tag → 253

Serial number → 253

Firmware version → 253

Device name → 253

Order code → 254

Extended order code 1 to 3 → 254

ENP version → 254

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 253

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device info

Device tag

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Device tag (0011)

Description Enter the name for the measuring point.

Factory setting FMP5x

Serial number

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Serial number (0009)

Description Displays serial number of the device.

Additional information Uses of the serial number• To identify the device quickly, e.g. when contacting Endress+Hauser.• To obtain specific information on the device using the Device Viewer:

www.endress.com/deviceviewer

The serial number is also indicated on the nameplate.

Firmware version

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Firmware version (0010)

Description Indicates the installed Firmware version.

User interface xx.yy.zz

Additional information For firmware versions differing only in the last two digits ("zz") there is no differenceconcerning functionality or operation.

Device name

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Device name (0013)

Description Displays device name.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

254 Endress+Hauser

Order code

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Order code (0008)

Description Displays order code of the device.

Additional information The order code is generated from the extended roder code, which defines all devicefeatures of the product structure. In contrast, the device features can not be read directlyfrom the order code.

Extended order code 1 to 3

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Ext. order cd. 1 to 3 (0023–1 to 3)

Description Displays the three parts of the extended order code.

Additional information The extended order code indicates the version of all the features of the product structureand thus uniquely identifies the device.

ENP version

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → ENP version (0012)

Description Displays version of the electronic nameplate (ENP).

User interface xx.yy.zz

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 255

4.11.7 "Data logging" submenu

Structure of the submenu on the local display

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging

‣ Data logging

Assign channel 1 to 4 → 256

Logging interval → 257

Clear logging data → 257

‣ Display channel 1 to 4

Structure of the submenu in an operating tool

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging

‣ Data logging

Assign channel 1 to 4 → 256

Logging interval → 257

Clear logging data → 257

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

256 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging

Assign channel 1 to 4

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Assign chan. 1 (0851)

Description Allocate a process variable to the respective data logging channel.

Selection • Off• Level linearized• Distance• Unfiltered distance• Interface linearized 17)

• Interface distance 17)

• Unfiltered interface distance• Thickness upper layer 17)

• Terminal voltage• Electronic temperature• Measured capacitance 17)

• Absolute echo amplitude• Relative echo amplitude• Absolute interface amplitude 17)

• Relative interface amplitude 17)

• Absolute EOP amplitude• EOP shift• Noise of signal• Calculated DC value 17)

• Analog output adv. diagnostics 1• Analog output adv. diagnostics 2

Factory setting Off

Additional information A total of 500 measured values can be logged. This means:• 500 data points if 1 logging channel is used• 250 data points if 2 logging channels are used• 166 data points if 3 logging channels are used• 125 data points if 4 logging channels are used

If the maximum number of data points is reached, the oldest data points in the data logare cyclically overwritten in such a way that the last 500, 250, 166 or 125 measuredvalues are always in the log (ring memory principle).

The logged data are deleted if a new option is selected in this parameter.

17) Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 257

Logging interval

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Logging interval (0856)

Description Define logging interval tlog.

User entry 1.0 to 3 600.0 s

Factory setting 30.0 s

Additional information This parameter defines the interval between the individual data points in the data log, andthus the maximum loggable process time T log :

• If 1 logging channel is used: T log = 500 ⋅ t log• If 2 logging channels are used: T log = 250 ⋅ t log• If 3 logging channels are used: T log = 166 ⋅ t log• If 4 logging channels are used: T log = 125 ⋅ t log

Once this time elapses, the oldest data points in the data log are cyclically overwritten suchthat a time of T log always remains in the memory (ring memory principle).

The logged data are deleted if this parameter is changed.

Example

When using 1 logging channel• Tlog = 500 ⋅ 1 s = 500 s ≈ 8.5 min• Tlog = 500 ⋅ 10 s = 5 000 s ≈ 1.5 h• Tlog = 500 ⋅ 80 s = 40 000 s ≈ 11 h• Tlog = 500 ⋅ 3 600 s = 1 800 000 s ≈ 20 d

Clear logging data

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Clear logging (0855)

Description Initiate a deletion of the complete logging memory.

Selection • Cancel• Clear data

Factory setting Cancel

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

258 Endress+Hauser

"Display channel 1 to 4" submenuThe Display channel 1 to 4 submenu is only available when operating via the localdisplay. When operating via FieldCare, the diagram can be displayed in the "EventList / HistoROM" function.

The Display channel 1 to 4 submenu displays the measured value trend of the respectivelogging channel.

• x-axis: displays 125 to 500 measured values of a process variable (the number of valuesdepending on the number of selected channels).

• y-axis: displays the approximate measured value span and constantly adapts this to theongoing measurement.

To quit the diagram and to return to the operating menu, press and simultaneously.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 259

4.11.8 "Min/max values" submenu

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val.

‣ Min/max values

Max. level value → 260

Time max. level → 260

Min. level value → 260

Time min. level → 260

Max. draining speed → 260

Max. filling speed → 261

Reset min./max. → 261

Max. interface value → 261

Time max. interface → 261

Min. interface value → 262

Time min. interface → 262

I max. drain speed → 262

I max. fill speed → 262

Max. electronics temperature → 262

Time max. electronics temperature → 263

Min. electronics temperature → 263

Time min. electronics temperature → 263

Reset min./max. temp. → 263

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

260 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val.

Max. level value

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Max. level value (2357)

Description Displays maximum level measured in the past.

Time max. level

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Time max. level (2385)

Description Displays operating time at which the maximum level has been obtained.

Min. level value

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Min. level value (2358)

Description Displays minimum level measured in the past.

Time min. level

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Time min. level (2386)

Description Displays operating time at which the minimum level has been obtained.

Max. draining speed

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Max.drain.speed (2320)

Description Displays maximum draining speed measured in the past.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 261

Max. filling speed

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Max. fill. speed (2360)

Description Displays maximum filling speed measured in the past.

Reset min./max.

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Reset min/max (2324)

Description Select which min/max values are to be reset.

Selection • None• Drain/fill speed• Level• I drain/fill speed 18)

• Interface 18)

• Reset all

Factory setting None

Max. interface value

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Max.interf.value (2361)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays minimum interface height measured in the past.

Time max. interface

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Time max. interf (2388)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays operating time at which the maximum interface height has been obtained.

18) Visibility depends on order options or device settings

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

262 Endress+Hauser

Min. interface value

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Min.interf.value (2362)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays minimum interface height measured in the past.

Time min. interface

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Time min. interf (2387)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays operating time at whicht the minimum interface height has been obtained.

I max. drain speed

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → I max. draining (2363)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays maximum drainging speed of the lower medium measured in the past.

I max. fill speed

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → I max.fill speed (2359)

Prerequsite Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance

Description Displays maximum filling speed of the lower medium measured in the past.

Max. electronics temperature

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Max.electr.temp. (1031)

Description Displays maximum electronics temperature measured in the past.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 263

Time max. electronics temperature

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Time max.el.temp (1204)

Description Displays operating time at which the maximum electronics temperature has beenobtained.

Min. electronics temperature

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Min.electr.temp. (1040)

Description Displays minimum electronics temperature measured in the past.

Time min. electronics temperature

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Time min.el.temp (1205)

Description Displays operating time at which the minimum electronics temperature has been obtained.

Reset min./max. temp.

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Res.min/max temp (1173)

Description Select which min/max values are to be reset.

User interface • None• Electronic temperature• Reset all

Factory setting None

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

264 Endress+Hauser

4.11.9 "Simulation" submenuThe Simulation submenu is used to simulate specific measuring values or otherconditions. This helps to check the correct configuration of the device and connectedcontrol units.

Conditions which can be simulated

Condition to be simulated Associated parameters

Specific value of a process variable • Assign measurement variable (→ 266)• Value process variable (→ 266)

Specific state of the switch output • Switch output simulation (→ 266)• Switch status (→ 267)

Existence of an alarm Simulation device alarm (→ 267)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 265

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation

‣ Simulation

Assign measurement variable → 266

Value process variable → 266

Switch output simulation → 266

Switch status → 267

Simulation device alarm → 267

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

266 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation

Assign measurement variable

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Assign meas.var. (2328)

Description Selct process variable to be simulated.

Selection • Off• Level• Interface 19)

• Level linearized• Interface linearized• Thickness linearized

Factory setting Off

Additional information • The value of the variable to be simulated is defined in the Value process variableparameter (→ 266).

• If Assign measurement variable ≠ Off, a simulation is active. This is indicated by adiagnotic message of the Function check (C) category.

Value process variable

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Value proc. var. (2329)

Prerequsite Assign measurement variable (→ 266) ≠ Off

Description Specify value of the process value being simulated.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information Downstream measured value processing and the signal output use this simulation value. Inthis way, users can verify whether the measuring device has been configured correctly.

Switch output simulation

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Switch sim. (0462)

Description Switch the simulation of the switch output on or off.

19) Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 267

Selection • Off• On

Factory setting Off

Switch status

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Switch status (0463)

Prerequsite Switch output simulation (→ 266) = On

Description Define the switch state to be simulated.

Selection • Open• Closed

Factory setting Open

Additional information The switch status assumes the value defined in this parameter. This helps to check correctoperation of connected control units.

Simulation device alarm

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Sim. alarm (0654)

Description Switch alarm simulation on or off.

Selection • Off• On

Factory setting Off

Additional information When selecting the On option, the device generates an alarm. This helps to check thecorrect output behavior of the device in the case of an alarm.

An active simulation is indicated by the diagnostic message C484 Simulation failuremode.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

268 Endress+Hauser

4.11.10 "Device check" submenu

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device check

‣ Device check

Start device check → 269

Result device check → 269

Last check time → 269

Level signal → 270

Launch signal → 270

Interface signal → 270

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 269

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device check

Start device check

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device check → Start dev. check (1013)

Description Start a device check.

Selection • No• Yes

Factory setting No

Additional information In the case of a lost echo a device check can not be performed.

Result device check

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device check → Result dev.check (1014)

Description Displays the result of the device check.

Additional information Meaning of the display options• Installation ok

Measurement possible without restrictions.• Accuracy reduced

A measurement is possible. However, the measuring accuracy may be reduced due to thesignal amplitudes.

• Measurement capability reducedA measurement is currently possible. Howerver, there is the risk of an echo loss. Checkthe mounting position of the device and the dielectric constant of the medium.

• Check not doneNo device check has been performed.

Last check time

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device check → Last check time (1203)

Description Displays the operating time at which the last device check has been performed.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

270 Endress+Hauser

Level signal

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device check → Level signal (1016)

Prerequsite Device check has been performed.

Description Displays result of the device check for the level signal.

User interface • Check not done• Check not OK• Check OK

Additional information For Level signal = Check not OK: Check the mounting position of the device and thedielectric constant of the medium.

Launch signal

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device check → Launch signal (1012)

Prerequsite Device check has been performed.

Description Displays result of the display check for the launch signal.

User interface • Check not done• Check not OK• Check OK

Additional information For Launch signal = Check not OK: Check the mounting position of the device. In non-metallic vessels use a metal plate or a metal flange.

Interface signal

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Device check → Interface signal (1015)

Prerequsite • Operating mode (→ 52) = Interface or Interface with capacitance• Device check has been performed.

Description Displays result of the device check for the interface signal.

User interface • Check not done• Check not OK• Check OK

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 271

4.11.11 "Advanced diagnostics 1 to 2" submenu

Mode of operationThe Advanced Diagnostics offers additional options to monitor the process. The devicecontains two Advanced Diagnostic Blocks which can be used separately or in combination.

A measuring variable can be assigned to the input of each Advanced Diagnostic Block.Based on a freely configurable time interval, the variable can be submitted to a statisticalfunction (e.g. maximum, minimum, mean, slope). Finally, a limit detection can beparametrized and its result can be transmitted to a digital output.

The result can be displayed and evaluated by a DCS or PLC. If required, it can also be linkedto the second Advanced Diagnostic block and thus it is possible to combine the two resultsby the logical operators AND or OR.

1

1

4

5

A

B

DI

DI

2

2

AI

AI

3

3

AO

AO

DO

DO

A0021629

59 Combined Advanced Diagnostic blocks

A Advanced Diagnsotics 1B Advanced Diagnsotics 2AI Analog input of the respective blockDI Digital input of the respective blockAO Analog output of the respective blockDO Digital output of the respective block1 Analog process variable2 Statistical calculation (maximum, minimum, mean, slope)3 Limit check4 Digital input of AD25 Digital output of AD1 is linked to digital input of AD2

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

272 Endress+Hauser

Overview of the Advanced Diagnostic functionalities

Task Associated parameters

Allocation of a process variable to the analog input of theblock.

Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279)

Linking the digital input to the digital output of the otherblock.

• Link AD to (→ 279)• Linking logic AD (→ 280)

Calculation of one of the following quantities for a freelyconfigurable sampling interval:• Maximum• Minimum• Mean• Standard deviation• Difference Max. - Min.• Slope

• Sample time (→ 280)• Calculation type (→ 280)• Calculation unit (→ 282)

Drag indicator for the calculated quantity • Maximum value (→ 284)• Minimum value (→ 284)• Reset min./max. (→ 285)

Limit check • Check mode (→ 281)• Upper limit (→ 283)• Lower limit (→ 283)• Hysteresis (→ 284)

Reaction in case of a limit violation • Assign status signal to AD event (→ 285)• Assign event behaviour (→ 285)• Alarm delay (→ 286)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 273

Example 1: Draining/filling speedOnly one Advanced Diagnostic Block is needed for this application. In the example thisis Advanced diagnostics 1 (→ 278). However, Advanced diagnostics 2(→ 278) could be used just as well.

The level change rate (i.e. draining or filling speed) allows the customer to instantly realizewhether or not the level is changing, and at which rate. The rate at which the level ischanging must be observed as powerful pumps can create significant over andunderpressure in a tank. Pressure relieve valves can only operate properly up to a certainlevel change rate. This is in particular valid for almost emptied tanks. The level change rateis also an intermediate result for calculating transfer estimates, such as time to fill, time toempty, time to target, etc.

Basic idea

The Advanced Diagnostics is used to calculate the draining or filling speed from themeasured level. The result can be transmitted via the current output or the HARTcommunication interface.

1

AD1

2

3

AI AO

a a a

D

D

L

t

D

D

L

tL

A0022315

60 Calculation of the draining or filling speed

1 Allocation of the (linearized) level to Advanced Diagnsotic Block AD12 Calculation of the draining or filling speed ΔL/Δt within the sampling interval a.3 ΔL/Δt can be transmitted via the current output or the HART communication interface.

Configuration of the calculation

The calculation of the rate of level change is configured as follows:

1. Select Assign diagnostic signal 1 = Level linearized.

2. Select Link AD 1 to = None (= factory setting)

3. Define Sample time 1 in accordance with the expected draining or filling speed.

4. Select Calculation type 1 = Slope.

5. Select a suitable option in Calculation unit 1, e.g.: "Level unit" / s

As the rate of level change is not to be checked for limit violation, the followingparameters may retain their factory settings:• Check mode 1• Assign status signal to AD event (→ 285)• Assign event behaviour (→ 285)• Alarm delay (→ 286)With this configuration, the Maximum value 1 and Minimum value 1 dragindicators display the maximum or minimum value the rate of lavel change hasobtained. Positive values indicate filling (rising level), negative values indicatedraining (falling level). If required, the drag indicators can be reset by the Reset min./max. 1 parameter.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

274 Endress+Hauser

Allocation of the calculated rate of level change to the current output

1. Navigate to the following submenu: Expert → Output → Curr.output 1.

2. Select Assign current output = Analog output adv. diagnostics 1.

3. Select Turn down = On.

4. Enter maximum expected draining speed (negative value) in 4 mA value.

5. Enter maximum expected filling speed (positive value) in 20 mA value.

With this configuration, the rate of level change is transmitted via the current output. Therelationship between the rate of level change and the output current is as follows:

5W - W4 20DL

Dt

W - W20 4

4 16 mAI+=

A0022342

Where:• ΔL/Δt : Rate of level change 20)

• W4 : 4 mA value• W20 : 20 mA value• I: Output current

In the case of a constant level (ΔL/Δt = 0) the current is:

W - W20 4

W4

4 mA 16 mAI0

-=

A0022343

Allocation of the calculated rate of level change to the HART output

1. Navigate to the following submenu: Expert → Communication → Output

2. Select Assign PV = Analog output adv. diagnostics 1.

With this configuration, the Primary variable (PV) parameter displays the calculatedfilling or draining speed. Positive values indicate filling; negative values indicatedraining.

Instead of PV, it is also possible to allocate the rate of level change to SV, TV or QV.

20) Negative values: draining speed; Positive values: filling speed

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 275

Example 2: Foam detectionIn this example, both Advance Diagnostic Blocks are used.

Preconditions

• The process runs at a fixed level (in the example: 80 %)• If foam occurs during the operation, the vessel should automatically be sprinkled with

water from the top or an antifoam agent should be added to dissolve the foam.

Basic idea

The echo amplitude decreases in the case of foam formation. This can be used by theAdvanced Diagnostics to detect the foam. The foam detection, however, should only beactive as long as the level is between 75 % and 85 %.

85%

75%

A A

A0022594

61 Decrease of the amplitude in case of foam formation

A Amplitude threshold for foam detection

Configuration of the level monitoring

In order to ensure that the level is within the correct range, configure the Advanceddiagnostics 1 submenu (→ 278) submenu as follows:

1. Navigate to the Advanced diagnostics 1 submenu (→ 278)

2. Select Assign diagnostic signal 1 = Level linearized.

3. Select Check mode 1 = Out of range4. Set Upper limit 1 = 85 %.

5. Set Lower limit 1 = 75 %.

Check mode 1 = Out of range checks whether the level is outside a defined range. Aslong as this is the case, the block outputs "0" (INACTIVE). If the level gets into thedefined range, the block outputs "1" (ACTIVE).

Configuration of the foam detection

For the foam detection, configure the Advanced diagnostics 2 submenu (→ 278) asfollows:

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

276 Endress+Hauser

1. Select Assign diagnostic signal 2 = Relative echo amplitude.

2. Use the Minimum value 2 parameter to observe the echo amplitude for the specifiedlevel (80 % in the example) for a while and determine a suitable lower limit for theamplitude (130 mV in the example).

3. Select Calculation type 2 = Mean.

4. Enter Sample time 2 = "60 s".

5. Select Check mode 2 = Lower limit.

6. Enter the amplitude limit determined in step 2 into the Lower limit 2 parameter(130 mV in the example).

With these settings, the Advanced Diagnostic Block behaves as follows:• If the amplitude is above 130 mV (i.e.: no foam), the block assumes the digital value

"0" (INACTIVE).• If the amplitude is below 130 mV (i.e.: foam present), the block assumes the digital

value "1" (ACTIVE).

Configuration of the block linking

The linking logic is configured in the Advanced diagnostics 2 submenu (→ 278):

1. Select Link AD 2 to = Digital output AD 1.

2. Select Linking logic AD 2 = AND.

With this configuration the output of Advanced Diagnostics 2 assumes the followingvalue:• 0 (INACTIVE) - if at least one of the two blocks is in the "0" (INACTIVE) status.• 1 (ACTIVE) - if both blocks are in the "1" (ACTIVE) status.

For the example this means:– A diagnostic signal is output, if the level is within the defined range and the signal

amplitude is below the threshold (i.e. foam is present).– If, on the other hand, the level is out of the defined range or if the signal

amplitude exceeds the threshold (i.e. no foam), no diagnostic signal istransmitted via the switch output.

The digital output signal of Advanced diagnostics 2 can be linked to the switchoutput of the device:

Expert → Output → Switch output → Assign status (0485) = Digital output AD 2

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 277

Overview: Foam detection with the advanced diagnostics

L

L

A

1.1

2.1

1.3

1.2

2.2 2.4

2.5

2.7

2.6

2.8

2.3

1.5

1.4

A

1

2

A0022595

62 Configuration of the Advanced Diagnostics for foam detection

L LevelA Amplitude1 Advanced diagnostics 1: Monitoring the level1.1 "Assign diagnostic signal 1" = "Relative echo amplitude"1.2 "Check mode 1" = "Out of range"1.3 "Upper limit 1" = 85 %1.4 "Lower limit 1" = 75 %1.5 Digital output of Advanced Diagnostics 12 Advanced Diagnostics 2: Monitoring the amplitude2.1 "Assign diagnostic signal 2" = "Relative echo amplitude"2.2 "Calculation type 2" = "Mean"2.3 "Sample time 2" = 60 s2.4 "Check mode 2" = "Lower limit"2.5 "Lower limit 2" = 130 mV2.6 "Link AD 2 to" = "Digital output AD 1"2.7 "Linking logic AD 2" = "AND"2.8 Digital output of Advanced Diagnostics 2

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

278 Endress+Hauser

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2

‣ Advanced diagnostics 1 to 2

Assign diagnostic signal 1 to 2 → 279

Link AD 1 to 2 to → 279

Linking logic AD 1 to 2 → 280

Sample time 1 to 2 → 280

Calculation type 1 to 2 → 280

Check mode 1 to 2 → 281

Calculation unit 1 to 2 → 282

Upper limit 1 to 2 → 283

Lower limit 1 to 2 → 283

Hysteresis 1 to 2 → 284

Value → 284

Maximum value 1 to 2 → 284

Minimum value 1 to 2 → 284

Reset min./max. 1 to 2 → 285

Assign status signal to AD event 1 to 2 → 285

Assign event behaviour 1 to 2 → 285

Alarm delay 1 to 2 → 286

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 279

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2

Assign diagnostic signal 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Assign signal 1 to 2 (11179–1 to 2)

Description Allocate a measuring variable to the Advanced Diagnostic Block.

Selection • None• Level linearized• Interface linearized 21)

• Thickness upper layer 21)

• Distance• Unfiltered distance• Interface distance 21)

• Unfiltered interface distance• Absolute echo amplitude• Relative echo amplitude• Absolute interface amplitude 21)

• Relative interface amplitude 21)

• Absolute EOP amplitude• EOP shift• Sensor debug• Noise of signal• Measured capacitance 21)

• Electronic temperature• Terminal voltage• Calculated DC value 21)

• Analog output 1• Analog output 2• Analog output 3• Analog output 4

Factory setting None

Link AD 1 to 2 to

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Link AD 1 to 2 to (11180–1 to 2)

Description Link the digital input (DI) of the Advanced Diagnostic Block to the digital output (DO) ofthe other Advanced Diagnostic Block.

Selection • None• Digital output AD 1• Digital output AD 2• Digital output 1

21) Visibility depends on order options or device settings

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

280 Endress+Hauser

• Digital output 2• Digital output 3• Digital output 4

Factory setting None

Linking logic AD 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Link. logic AD 1 to 2 (11181–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Link AD to (→ 279) = Digital output AD 1 oder Digital output AD 2

Description Select linking logic between the two Advanced Diagnostic Blocks.

Selection • AND• OR

Factory setting AND

Sample time 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Sample time 1 to 2 (11187–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279) ≠ None

Description Specify sampling interval for the calculation.

User entry 1 to 3 600 s

Factory setting 10 s

Calculation type 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Calc. type 1 to 2 (11174–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279) ≠ None

Description Select quantity to be calculated from the measured variable.

Selection • Off• Maximum• Minimum• Mean• Standard deviation• Difference Max. - Min.• Slope

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 281

Factory setting Off

Additional informationa

a

a

a

a

a

A

B

C

F

D

E

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

D

D

y

x

A0021630

63 Options of the "Calculation type " parameter

a Sample time (→ 280)A "Calculation type " = "Maximum"B "Calculation type " = "Minimum"C "Calculation type " = "Mean"D "Calculation type " = "Standard deviation"E "Calculation type " = "Difference Max. - Min."F "Calculation type " = "Slope"

The calculation is performed based on the sampling interval defined in the Sampletime parameter (→ 280).

Check mode 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Check mode 1 to 2 (11175–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279) ≠ None

Description Define check mode for limit monitoring.

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

282 Endress+Hauser

Selection • Off• Upper limit• Lower limit• In range• Out of range

Factory setting Off

Additional information

B

A

D

C

1

a

b

a

b

b

a

1

1

1

0

0

0

0

c c

c

c

c

c

A0021631

64 Limit monitoring in the Advanced Diagnostic Block

0 Status of digital output: 0 ("INACTIVE")1 Status of digital output: 1 ("ACTIVE")a Upper limit (→ 283)b Lower limit (→ 283)c Hysteresis (→ 284)A "Check mode " = "Lower limit"B "Check mode " = "Upper limit"C "Check mode " = "In range"D "Check mode " = "Out of range"

If a calculation has been selected in the Calculation type parameter (→ 280), thecheck does not refer to the assigned measuring variable but to the quantity calculatedfrom it.

Calculation unit 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Calc. unit 1 to 2 (11188–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279) ≠ None

Description Select unit for the calculation.

Selection Dependent on the following parameters:• Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279)• Calculation type (→ 280)

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 283

Factory setting Dependent on the following parameters:• Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279)• Calculation type (→ 280)

Upper limit 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Upper limit 1 to 2 (11182–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Check mode parameter (→ 281) has one of the following values:• Upper limit• In range• Out of range

Description Specify upper limit for the limit monitoring.

User entry Dependent on the following parameters:• Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279)• Calculation type (→ 280)

Factory setting Dependent on the following parameters:• Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279)• Calculation type (→ 280)

Lower limit 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Lower limit 1 to 2 (11184–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Check mode parameter (→ 281) has one of the following values:• Lower limit• In range• Out of range

Description Define lower limit for the limit monitoring.

User entry Dependent on the following parameters:• Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279)• Calculation type (→ 280)

Factory setting Dependent on the following parameters:• Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279)• Calculation type (→ 280)

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

284 Endress+Hauser

Hysteresis 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Hysteresis 1 to 2 (11178–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Check mode parameter (→ 281) has one of the following values:• Upper limit• Lower limit• In range• Out of range

Description Select hysteresis for the limit monitoring.

User entry Dependent on the following parameters:• Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279)• Calculation type (→ 280)

Factory setting Dependent on the following parameters:• Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279)• Calculation type (→ 280)

Value

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Value (11172–1 to 2)

Description Displays the current value of the calculated process variable.

Maximum value 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Maximum value 1 to 2 (11183–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279) ≠ None

Description Indicates the maximum value the assigned measuring variable has obtained in the past(drag indicator).

Minimum value 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Minimum value 1 to 2 (11185–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279) ≠ None

Description Indicates minimum value the assigned measuring variable has obtained in the past (dragindicator).

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 285

Reset min./max. 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Reset min/max 1 to 2 (11186–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279) ≠ None

Description Reset drag indicators (Maximum value (→ 284) and/or Minimum value (→ 284)).

Selection • Off• Reset max.• Reset min.• Reset min./max.

Factory setting Off

Assign status signal to AD event 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Stat. AD event 1 to 2 (11176–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279) ≠ None

Description Assign a category according to NAMUR NE107 to the event of the Advanced DiagnosticBlock.

Selection • Failure (F)• Maintenance required (M)• Function check (C)• Out of specification (S)

Factory setting Maintenance required (M)

Assign event behaviour 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Evt behaviour 1 to 2 (11177–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279) ≠ None

Description Assign an event behavior to the event of the Advanced Diagnostic Block.

Selection • Off• Alarm• Warning• Logbook entry only

Factory setting Warning

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

286 Endress+Hauser

Alarm delay 1 to 2

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Adv.diagn. 1 to 2 → Alarm delay 1 to 2 (11171–1 to 2)

Prerequsite Assign diagnostic signal (→ 279) ≠ None

Description Define alarm delay for the Advanced Diagnostic Block.

User entry 0.0 to 3 600.0 s

Factory setting 10.0 s

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA "Expert" menu

Endress+Hauser 287

4.11.12 "Envelope diagnostics" submenuIn devices which have been delivered with software version 01.00.zz, this submenu isonly visible for the "Service" user role.

After the configuration of the measurement it is recommended to record the currentenvelope curve as a reference curve. The reference curve can be used later for diagnosticpurposes. To record the reference curve use the Save reference curve parameter(→ 288).

The reference curve can only be displayed in the envelope curve diagram of FieldCare afterit has been loaded from the device into FieldCare. This is performed by the "Load ReferenceCurve" function in FieldCare:

Structure of the submenu

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Envelope diag.

‣ Envelope diagnostics

Save reference curve → 288

Time reference curve → 288

"Expert" menu Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

288 Endress+Hauser

Description of parameters

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Envelope diag.

Save reference curve

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Envelope diag. → Save ref. curve (1218)

Description Save current envelope curve as reference curve.

Selection • No• Yes

Factory setting No

Additional information Meaning of the options• No

No action• Yes

The current envelope curve is saved as reference curve.

Time reference curve

Navigation Expert → Diagnostics → Envelope diag. → Time ref. curve (1232)

Description Indicates at which time the existing reference curve has been recorded.

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA Index

Endress+Hauser 289

Index

AAbsolute echo amplitude (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Absolute EOP amplitude (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Absolute interface amplitude (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 88Access status display (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 40Access status tooling (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Acknowledge alarm (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Activate SW option (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Activate table (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Actual diagnostics (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Address mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Administration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 47Advanced diagnostics 1 to 2 (Submenu) . . . . . . 278, 279Advanced process conditions (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 55Alarm delay 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Alarm hysteresis (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Alarm summary (Parameter) . . 183, 193, 210, 221, 235Alert key (Parameter) . . . . . . . 182, 191, 208, 219, 233Analog input 1 to 6 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . 189, 191Analog output 1 to 4 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 219Application parameter (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Assign channel 1 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Assign diagnostic behavior (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 167Assign diagnostic signal 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . 279Assign event behaviour 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . 285Assign limit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Assign measurement variable (Parameter) . . . . . . . . 266Assign status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Assign status signal to AD event 1 to 2 (Parameter) 285

BBacklight (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Backup state (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Base current (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Batch ID (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 193, 210, 221, 235Batch operation (Parameter) . . . . . . 193, 210, 221, 235Batch phase (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 193, 210, 222, 236Batch Recipe Unit Procedure (Parameter) 194, 211,222, 236Bin type (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Blocking distance (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Broken probe detection (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Build-up ratio (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Build-up thres. (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

CCalculated DC value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 145Calculation type 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Calculation unit 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Channel (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196, 212Check mode 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Clear logging data (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Communication (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Comparison result (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Condensed status diagnostic (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 187Configuration backup display (Submenu) . . . . . . . 42, 43

Configuration management (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 43Confirm access code (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Confirm distance (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Confirm probe length (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Const. GPC factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Contrast display (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39CRC Count Failed (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178CRC Count OK (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Customer value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

DData logging (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255, 256DC value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 144DC value lower medium (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Dead time (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Decimal places 1 to 4 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Decimal places menu (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Define access code (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 49Define access code (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Delay time echo lost (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Descriptor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Device address (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Device certification (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Device check (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 269Device ID (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Device information (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252, 253Device install date (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Device message (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Device name (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Device reset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Device tag (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181, 253Diagnostic in safety distance (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 127Diagnostic list (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247, 248Diagnostics (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Diagnostics (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244, 245Diagnostics 1 to 5 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Diagnostics echo lost (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Diagnostics mask (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Diameter (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Direct access

Absolute echo amplitude (1127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Absolute EOP amplitude (1128) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Absolute interface amplitude (1129) . . . . . . . . . . 88Access status display (0091) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 40Access status tooling (0005) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Acknowledge alarm (1130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Activate SW option (0029) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Activate table (2304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Actual diagnostics (0691) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Address mode (1468) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Advanced process conditions (1177) . . . . . . . . . . . 55Alarm delay 1 to 2 (11171–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . . . . 286Alarm hysteresis

Analog input 1 to 6 (1527–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 199Alarm summary

Analog input 1 to 6 (1537–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 193

Index Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

290 Endress+Hauser

Analog output 1 to 4 (1642–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 221Discrete input 1 to 4 (2191–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 210Discrete output 1 to 4 (1701–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 235

Alarm summary (1474) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Alert key

Analog input 1 to 6 (1522–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 191Analog output 1 to 4 (1632–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 219Discrete input 1 to 4 (2182–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 208Discrete output 1 to 4 (1694–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 233

Alert key (1473) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Application parameter (1126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Assign channel 1 (0851) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Assign diagnostic behavior (0482) . . . . . . . . . . . 167Assign diagnostic signal 1 to 2 (11179–1 to 2) . . 279Assign event behaviour 1 to 2 (11177–1 to 2) . . 285Assign limit (0483) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Assign measurement variable (2328) . . . . . . . . . 266Assign status (0485) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Assign status signal to AD event 1 to 2 (11176–1to 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Backlight (0111) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Backup state (0121) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Base current (1466) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Batch ID

Analog input 1 to 6 (1533–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 193Analog output 1 to 4 (1633–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 221Discrete input 1 to 4 (2183–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 210Discrete output 1 to 4 (1695–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 235

Batch operationAnalog input 1 to 6 (1534–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 193Analog output 1 to 4 (1639–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 221Discrete input 1 to 4 (2184–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 210Discrete output 1 to 4 (1698–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 235

Batch phaseAnalog input 1 to 6 (1535–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 193Analog output 1 to 4 (1640–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 222Discrete input 1 to 4 (2185–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 210Discrete output 1 to 4 (1699–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 236

Batch Recipe Unit ProcedureAnalog input 1 to 6 (1536–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 194Analog output 1 to 4 (1641–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 222Discrete input 1 to 4 (2186–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 211Discrete output 1 to 4 (1700–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 236

Bin type (1176) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Blocking distance (1144) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Broken probe detection (1032) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Build-up ratio (1210) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Build-up thres. (1211) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Calculated DC value (1118) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 145Calculation type 1 to 2 (11174–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . 280Calculation unit 1 to 2 (11188–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . 282Channel

Analog input 1 to 6 (1561–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 196Discrete input 1 to 4 (2187–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 212

Check mode 1 to 2 (11175–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . . . . 281Clear logging data (0855) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Comparison result (0103) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Condensed status diagnostic (1500) . . . . . . . . . . 187Configuration management (0100) . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Confirm access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Confirm distance (1045) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Confirm probe length (1080) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Const. GPC factor (1217) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Contrast display (0105) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39CRC Count Failed (1470) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178CRC Count OK (1469) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Customer value (2384) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83DC value (1201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 144DC value lower medium (1154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Dead time (1199) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Decimal places 1 to 4 (0095–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . . . . 36Decimal places menu (0573) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Define access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Define access code (0093) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Delay time echo lost (1193) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Descriptor (1489) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Device address (1462) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Device certification (1486) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Device ID (1480) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Device install date (1491) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Device message (1490) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Device name (0013) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Device reset (0000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Device tag (0011) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Device tag (1496) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Diagnostic in safety distance (1415) . . . . . . . . . . 127Diagnostics (1482) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Diagnostics 1 to 5 (0692–1 to 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Diagnostics echo lost (1401) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Diagnostics mask (1484) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Diameter (2342) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Direct access (0106) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Display damping (0094) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Display interval (0096) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Distance (1124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 136Distance offset (2309) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Distance unit (0551) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Electronic temperature (1062) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Empty calibration (2343) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Empty capacitance (1122) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164ENP version (0012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Enter access code (0003) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Envelope curve (1207) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131EOP search mode (1026) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143EOP shift (1027) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Evaluation mode (1112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Extended order code 1 to 3 (0023–1 to 3) . . . . . . 254External pressure (1233) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112External pressure selector (1073) . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Factory reset (1488) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Fail safe time

Analog output 1 to 4 (1635–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 225Discrete output 1 to 4 (1697–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 240

Fail safe typeAnalog input 1 to 6 (1525–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 198Analog output 1 to 4 (1636–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 225Discrete input 1 to 4 (2189–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 213Discrete output 1 to 4 (1696–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 240

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA Index

Endress+Hauser 291

Fail safe valueAnalog input 1 to 6 (1526–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 199Analog output 1 to 4 (1637–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 225Discrete input 1 to 4 (2190–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 213Discrete output 1 to 4 (1693–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 240

Failure mode (0486) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Feature enabled (1476) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Feature supported (1477) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Filter options (0705) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Firmware version (0010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Format display (0098) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Found echoes (1068) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Free text (2341) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Full calibration (2308) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Gas phase compensation factor (1209) . . . . . . . . 112GPC mode (1034) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Hardware lock (1499) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Hardware revision (1479) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Header (0097) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Header text (0112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Hi alarm state

Analog input 1 to 6 (1538–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 202Hi alarm value

Analog input 1 to 6 (1539–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 202Hi Hi alarm state

Analog input 1 to 6 (1540–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 201Hi Hi alarm value

Analog input 1 to 6 (1541–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 201Hi Hi Lim

Analog input 1 to 6 (1528–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 200Hi Lim

Analog input 1 to 6 (1529–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 200High limit (2312) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69History learning (1094) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151History learning control (1074) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151History reset (1145) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Hysteresis 1 to 2 (11178–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 284I max. drain speed (2363) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262I max. fill speed (2359) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Ident number selector (1461) . . . . . . . . . . . 176, 186In safety distance (1018) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Increase close

Analog output 1 to 4 (1638–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 228Input channel

Analog output 1 to 4 (1670–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 224Discrete output 1 to 4 (1724–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 239

Integration time (1092) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Interface (2352) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Interface criterion (1184) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Interface distance (1067) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 137Interface linearized (2382) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 80Interface property (1107) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Interface signal (1015) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Intermediate height (2310) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Invert

Discrete input 1 to 4 (2188–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 212Discrete output 1 to 4 (1692–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 239

Invert output signal (0470) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Language (0104) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Last backup (0102) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Last check time (1203) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Launch signal (1012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Level (2319) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Level (2383) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Level (2389) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Level correction (2325) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Level limit mode (2314) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Level linearized (2318) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 79Level signal (1016) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Level unit (0576) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Lin type

Analog input 1 to 6 (1523–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 196Linearization type (2339) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Link AD 1 to 2 to (11180–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Linking logic AD 1 to 2 (11181–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . 280Lo alarm state

Analog input 1 to 6 (1542–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 202Lo alarm value

Analog input 1 to 6 (1543–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 202Lo Lim

Analog input 1 to 6 (1530–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 200Lo Lo alarm state

Analog input 1 to 6 (1544–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 203Lo Lo alarm value

Analog input 1 to 6 (1545–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 203Lo Lo Lim

Analog input 1 to 6 (1531–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 201Locking status (0004) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Logging interval (0856) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Low limit (2313) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Lower limit 1 to 2 (11184–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . . . . 283Manufacturer ID (1502) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Mapping end point (1022) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Max. draining speed (2320) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Max. electronics temperature (1031) . . . . . . . . . 262Max. filling speed (2360) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Max. interface value (2361) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Max. level value (2357) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Maximum value (2315) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Maximum value 1 to 2 (11183–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . 284Measured capacitance (1066) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Measurement frequency (1180) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Medium group (1208) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Medium property (1165) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Medium type (1049) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Min. electronics temperature (1040) . . . . . . . . . . 263Min. interface value (2362) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Min. level value (2358) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Minimum value 1 to 2 (11185–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . 284Mode block actual

Analog input 1 to 6 (1521–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 192Analog output 1 to 4 (1631–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 220Discrete input 1 to 4 (2181–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 209Discrete output 1 to 4 (1691–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 234

Mode block actual (1472) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Mode block normal

Analog input 1 to 6 (1546–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 192Analog output 1 to 4 (1643–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 220

Index Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

292 Endress+Hauser

Discrete input 1 to 4 (2192–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 209Discrete output 1 to 4 (1702–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 234

Mode block normal (1492) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Mode block permitted

Analog input 1 to 6 (1553–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 192Analog output 1 to 4 (1648–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 220Discrete input 1 to 4 (2195–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 209Discrete output 1 to 4 (1705–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 234

Mode block permitted (1493) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Noise of signal (1105) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Number format (0099) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Number of good between bad telegrams (1467) . 179Operating mode (1046) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Operating time (0652) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 246Operating time from restart (0653) . . . . . . . . . . 246Order code (0008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Out decimal point

Analog input 1 to 6 (1547–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 197Out scale lower range

Analog input 1 to 6 (1548–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 196Analog output 1 to 4 (1644–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 229

Out scale upper rangeAnalog input 1 to 6 (1551–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 196Analog output 1 to 4 (1646–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 229

Out statusAnalog input 1 to 6 (1564–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 194Analog output 1 to 4 (1669–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 228Discrete input 1 to 4 (2203–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 211Discrete output 1 to 4 (1723–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 237

Out status HEXAnalog input 1 to 6 (1549–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 195Analog output 1 to 4 (1645–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 229Discrete input 1 to 4 (2193–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 212Discrete output 1 to 4 (1703–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 237

Out unitAnalog input 1 to 6 (1550–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 197

Out unit textAnalog input 1 to 6 (1532–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 198

Out valueAnalog input 1 to 6 (1552–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 194Analog output 1 to 4 (1647–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 228Discrete input 1 to 4 (2194–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 211Discrete output 1 to 4 (1704–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 237

Output channelAnalog output 1 to 4 (1671–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 224Discrete output 1 to 4 (1725–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 239

Output echo lost (2307) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Output mode (2317) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Position status

Analog output 1 to 4 (1649–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 226Position value

Analog output 1 to 4 (1650–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 226Present mapping (1182) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Present probe length (1078) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Present reference distance (1076) . . . . . . . . . . . 112Previous diagnostics (0690) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Probe grounded (1222) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Process property (1081) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54PROFIBUS ident number (1471) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Profile version (1463) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178PV filter time

Analog input 1 to 6 (1524–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 198PV scale lower range

Analog input 1 to 6 (1554–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 195Analog output 1 to 4 (1651–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 223

PV scale upper rangeAnalog input 1 to 6 (1555–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 195Analog output 1 to 4 (1652–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 223

Ramp at echo lost (2323) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126RCAS in status

Analog output 1 to 4 (1654–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 224Discrete output 1 to 4 (1706–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 238

RCAS in valueAnalog output 1 to 4 (1655–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 224Discrete output 1 to 4 (1707–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 238

RCAS out statusAnalog output 1 to 4 (1656–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 226Discrete output 1 to 4 (1708–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 241

RCAS out valueAnalog output 1 to 4 (1657–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 226Discrete output 1 to 4 (1711–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 241

Readback statusAnalog output 1 to 4 (1658–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 223Discrete output 1 to 4 (1712–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 238

Readback valueAnalog output 1 to 4 (1659–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 223Discrete output 1 to 4 (1713–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 238

Record map (1069) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Reference distance (1033) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Reference echo threshold (1168) . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Relative echo amplitude (1089) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Relative interface amplitude (1090) . . . . . . . . . . . 88Reset min./max. (2324) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Reset min./max. 1 to 2 (11186–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . 285Reset min./max. temp. (1173) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Result device check (1014) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Result self check (1134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Safety distance (1093) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Sample time 1 to 2 (11187–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . . . . 280Save reference curve (1218) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Sensor module (1101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Separator (0101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Serial number (0009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Serial number (1481) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Set point status

Analog output 1 to 4 (1660–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 222Discrete output 1 to 4 (1714–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 236

Set point valueAnalog output 1 to 4 (1661–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 222Discrete output 1 to 4 (1715–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 236

Setpoint deviationAnalog output 1 to 4 (1653–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 227

Signal quality (1047) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Simulate enabled

Analog input 1 to 6 (1556–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 203Analog output 1 to 4 (1662–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 227Discrete input 1 to 4 (2196–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 213Discrete output 1 to 4 (1716–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 241

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA Index

Endress+Hauser 293

Simulate statusAnalog input 1 to 6 (1557–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 204Analog output 1 to 4 (1663–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 227Discrete input 1 to 4 (2197–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 214Discrete output 1 to 4 (1717–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 242

Simulate valueAnalog input 1 to 6 (1558–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 204Analog output 1 to 4 (1664–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 227Discrete input 1 to 4 (2198–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 214Discrete output 1 to 4 (1718–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 241

Simulation device alarm (0654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Software revision (1478) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Start device check (1013) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Start self check (1133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Static revision

Analog input 1 to 6 (1560–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 191Analog output 1 to 4 (1666–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 219Discrete input 1 to 4 (2200–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 208Discrete output 1 to 4 (1720–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 233

Static revision (1495) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Status echo lost (1416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Status in safety distance (1417) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Status PROFIBUS Master Config (1465) . . . . . . . 178Strategy

Analog input 1 to 6 (1559–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 191Analog output 1 to 4 (1665–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 219Discrete input 1 to 4 (2199–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 208Discrete output 1 to 4 (1719–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 233

Strategy (1494) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Switch output function (0481) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Switch output simulation (0462) . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Switch status (0461) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Switch status (0463) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Switch-off delay (0465) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Switch-off value (0464) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Switch-on delay (0467) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Switch-on value (0466) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Table mode (2303) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Table number (2370) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Tag description

Analog input 1 to 6 (1562–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 191Analog output 1 to 4 (1667–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 219Discrete input 1 to 4 (2201–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 208Discrete output 1 to 4 (1721–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 233

Tank level (1111) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Tank trace state (1206) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Tank type (1175) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Target mode

Analog input 1 to 6 (1563–1 to 6) . . . . . . . . . 192Analog output 1 to 4 (1668–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 220Discrete input 1 to 4 (2202–1 to 4) . . . . . . . . 209Discrete output 1 to 4 (1722–1 to 4) . . . . . . . 234

Target mode (1497) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Temperature unit (0557) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Terminal voltage 1 (0662) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Thickness upper layer (2330) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Time max. electronics temperature (1204) . . . . . 263Time max. interface (2388) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Time max. level (2385) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Time min. electronics temperature (1205) . . . . . 263Time min. interface (2387) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Time min. level (2386) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Time reference curve (1232) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Timestamp (0667) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Timestamp (0672) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Timestamp (0683) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Tube diameter (1117) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Unit after linearization (2340) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Upper limit 1 to 2 (11182–1 to 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Used calculation (1115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Value

Advanced diagnostics 1 to 2 (11172–1 to 2) . 284Value 1 display (0107) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Value echo lost (2316) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Value process variable (2329) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Direct access (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Discrete input 1 to 4 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . 206, 208Discrete output 1 to 4 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . 231, 233Display (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34Display damping (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Display interval (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Distance (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 136Distance (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 98Distance offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Distance unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Document

Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

EEcho tracking (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149, 150Electronic temperature (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Empty calibration (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Empty capacitance (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164ENP version (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Enter access code (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Envelope curve (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Envelope curve (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Envelope diagnostics (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . 287, 288EOP evaluation (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 143EOP search mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143EOP shift (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Evaluation mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Event logbook (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250Expert (Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 28, 29Extended order code 1 to 3 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 254External pressure (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112External pressure selector (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 111

FFactory reset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Fail safe time (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 240Fail safe type (Parameter) . . . . . . . . 198, 213, 225, 240Fail safe value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . 199, 213, 225, 240Failure mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Feature enabled (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Feature supported (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Filter options (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Index Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

294 Endress+Hauser

Firmware version (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Format display (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Found echoes (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Free text (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Full calibration (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

GGas phase compensation (Submenu) . . . . . . . . 110, 111Gas phase compensation factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . 112GPC mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

HHardware lock (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Hardware revision (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Header (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Header text (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Hi alarm state (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Hi alarm value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Hi Hi alarm state (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Hi Hi alarm value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Hi Hi Lim (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Hi Lim (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200High limit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69History learning (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151History learning control (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 151History reset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Hysteresis 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

II max. drain speed (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262I max. fill speed (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Ident number selector (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 176, 186In safety distance (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Increase close (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Information (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 86Input channel (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 239Integration time (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Interface (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Interface (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 161Interface criterion (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Interface distance (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 137Interface linearized (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 80Interface property (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Interface signal (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Intermediate height (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Invert (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212, 239Invert output signal (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

LLanguage (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Last backup (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Last check time (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Launch signal (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Level (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 83Level (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 64Level correction (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Level limit mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Level linearized (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 79Level signal (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Level unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Lin type (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Linearization (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 76, 77Linearization type (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Link AD 1 to 2 to (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Linking logic AD 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Lo alarm state (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Lo alarm value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Lo Lim (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Lo Lo alarm state (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Lo Lo alarm value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Lo Lo Lim (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Locking status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Logging interval (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Low limit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Lower limit 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

MManufacturer ID (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Mapping (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135, 136Mapping end point (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Max. draining speed (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Max. electronics temperature (Parameter) . . . . . . . . 262Max. filling speed (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Max. interface value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Max. level value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Maximum value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Maximum value 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Measured capacitance (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Measurement frequency (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Medium (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58Medium group (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Medium property (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Medium type (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Menu

Expert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 28, 29Min. electronics temperature (Parameter) . . . . . . . . 263Min. interface value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Min. level value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Min/max values (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259, 260Minimum value 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Mode block actual (Parameter) 182, 192, 209, 220, 234Mode block normal (Parameter) 183, 192, 209, 220,234Mode block permitted (Parameter) 182, 192, 209,220, 234

NNoise of signal (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Number format (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Number of good between bad telegrams (Parameter). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

OOperating mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Operating time (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 246Operating time from restart (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 246Order code (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Out decimal point (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Out scale lower range (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 196, 229

Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA Index

Endress+Hauser 295

Out scale upper range (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 196, 229Out status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 194, 211, 228, 237Out status HEX (Parameter) . . . . . . . 195, 212, 229, 237Out unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Out unit text (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Out value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 194, 211, 228, 237Output (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Output channel (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 239Output echo lost (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Output mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

PPhysical block (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180, 181Position status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Position value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Present mapping (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Present probe length (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Present reference distance (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 112Previous diagnostics (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Probe grounded (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Process property (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54PROFIBUS ident number (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 178PROFIBUS PA configuration (Submenu) . . . . . . 174, 175PROFIBUS PA info (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177, 178Profile version (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178PV filter time (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198PV scale lower range (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 195, 223PV scale upper range (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 195, 223

RRamp at echo lost (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126RCAS in status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 238RCAS in value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 238RCAS out status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 241RCAS out value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 241Readback status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223, 238Readback value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223, 238Record map (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Reference distance (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Reference echo threshold (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 113Relative echo amplitude (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Relative interface amplitude (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 88Reset min./max. (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Reset min./max. 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Reset min./max. temp. (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Result device check (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Result self check (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

SSafety distance (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Safety settings (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 124Sample time 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Save reference curve (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Sensor (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 52Sensor diagnostics (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 117Sensor module (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Sensor properties (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 94Separator (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Serial number (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184, 253

Set point status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 236Set point value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 236Setpoint deviation (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Signal quality (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Simulate enabled (Parameter) . . . . . 203, 213, 227, 241Simulate status (Parameter) . . . . . . . 204, 214, 227, 242Simulate value (Parameter) . . . . . . . 204, 214, 227, 241Simulation (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265, 266Simulation device alarm (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Software revision (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Start device check (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Start self check (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Static revision (Parameter) . . . . 181, 191, 208, 219, 233Status echo lost (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Status in safety distance (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Status PROFIBUS Master Config (Parameter) . . . . . . 178Strategy (Parameter) . . . . . . . . 181, 191, 208, 219, 233Submenu

Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 47Advanced diagnostics 1 to 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 278, 279Analog input 1 to 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189, 191Analog output 1 to 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 219Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Configuration backup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 43Data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255, 256Device check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 269Device information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252, 253Diagnostic list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247, 248Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244, 245Discrete input 1 to 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206, 208Discrete output 1 to 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231, 233Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 98Echo tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149, 150Envelope curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Envelope diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287, 288EOP evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 143Event logbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250Gas phase compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 86Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 161Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 64Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 76, 77Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135, 136Medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58Min/max values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259, 260Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Physical block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180, 181PROFIBUS PA configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 174, 175PROFIBUS PA info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177, 178Safety settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 124Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 52Sensor diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 117Sensor properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 94Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265, 266Switch output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166, 167System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Switch output (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166, 167Switch output function (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Index Levelflex FMP50, FMP51, FMP52, FMP53, FMP54, FMP55, FMP56, FMP57 PROFIBUS PA

296 Endress+Hauser

Switch output simulation (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 266Switch status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171, 267Switch-off delay (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Switch-off value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Switch-on delay (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Switch-on value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168System (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

TTable mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Table number (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Tag description (Parameter) . . . . . . . 191, 208, 219, 233Tank level (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Tank trace state (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Tank type (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Target mode (Parameter) . . . . . 182, 192, 209, 220, 234Temperature unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Terminal voltage 1 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Thickness upper layer (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Time max. electronics temperature (Parameter) . . . . 263Time max. interface (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Time max. level (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Time min. electronics temperature (Parameter) . . . . 263Time min. interface (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Time min. level (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Time reference curve (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Timestamp (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245, 246, 248Tube diameter (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

UUnit after linearization (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Upper limit 1 to 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Used calculation (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

VValue (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Value 1 display (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Value echo lost (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Value process variable (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

WWizard

Define access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

www.addresses.endress.com

*71272188*71272188